Compare commits

..
Author SHA1 Message Date
Akim Demaille 342b8b6e21 Merge in branch-1_29. 2001-10-04 14:55:21 +00:00
Akim Demaille 0150aabe35 Regen. 2001-10-04 14:49:22 +00:00
Akim Demaille 8484abf02c Remove from repo. 2001-10-04 13:32:34 +00:00
Akim Demaille bafbfdd24c Update. 2001-10-04 13:31:41 +00:00
Akim Demaille 20e0b9749c Remove from the repo. 2001-10-04 13:25:06 +00:00
Akim Demaille 3a7bc75ff7 Remove for the repo. 2001-10-04 13:21:02 +00:00
Akim Demaille 40b97583b8 Remove. 2001-10-04 13:20:00 +00:00
Pascal Bart c20e2bdcf1 Ignore .flc 2001-09-25 11:37:26 +00:00
Pascal Bart 1c8c2190b1 * src/output.c (output_master_parser): Don't finish action_obstack.
(output_parser): Don't care about the muscle action, here.
(prepare): Copy the action_obstack in the action muscle.
(output): Free action_obstack.
2001-09-25 11:36:25 +00:00
Pascal Bart 180d45ba81 * src/reader.c (parse_union_decl): Add new obstack union_obstack. Which
will contain `%union' declaration.
(parse_union_decl): Delete #line directive output.
(parse_union_decl): Substitute /attrs_obstack/union_obstack for all
informations about %union.
(parse_union_decl): Copy the union_obstack in the muscle stype.
* src/bison.simple: Add new #line directive.
Add typdef %%stype YYSTYPE.
2001-09-23 15:33:14 +00:00
Pascal Bart c51d1a1973 * src/bison.simple: Add new `#line' directive. 2001-09-22 22:02:34 +00:00
Pascal Bart 577c6c8499 Fix line report with input_line 2001-09-22 21:43:05 +00:00
Pascal Bart 6f9344dadf * src/bison.simple: New `#line' directive.
* src/output.c (output_parser): Support new dynamic muscle input_line.
2001-09-22 21:30:53 +00:00
Marc Autret 652def8074 * src/output.c (output_master_parser): New.
(output_parser): Be more re-entrant.
2001-09-22 12:18:16 +00:00
Marc Autret 209215672e Update. 2001-09-21 16:25:59 +00:00
Marc Autret 25b222faf6 * src/reader.c (copy_definition, parse_union_decl): Update and use
`linef' muscle.
(copy_action): Likewise.
Use obstack_1grow ().
* src/muscle_tab.c (muscle_init): Add muscle `linef'.
2001-09-21 16:25:19 +00:00
Marc Autret 6bc35ae56a * src/options.c (option_table): Adjust.
* src/lex.c (parse_percent_token): Fix.
2001-09-21 15:42:26 +00:00
Marc Autret 31b53af2fa Update. 2001-09-21 00:09:28 +00:00
Pascal Bart a474de9b9a Regen. 2001-09-20 19:11:28 +00:00
Pascal Bart c0629aa10f * src/options.c (symtab.h): Include it, need by lex.h. 2001-09-20 18:51:48 +00:00
Pascal Bart 82b6d266fd * src/lex.c (parse_percent_token): Change type of variable `tx', which
is now an option_table_struct*.
(option_strcmp): New function option_strcmp.
(parse_percent_token): Call option_strcmp.
* src/getargs.c (xalloc.h, options.h): Include it.
(getargs): Call create_long_option_table.
(getargs): Free longopts at the end of the function.
(shortopts): Move in options.c.
* src/options.c (create_long_option_table): New function.  Convert
information from option_table to option structure.
* src/reader.c (options.h): Include it.
* src/Makefile.am: Adjust.
* src/options.c (option_table): Create from longopts and percent_table.
* src/getargs.c (longopts): Delete.
* src/lex.c (struct percent_table_struct): Delete.
(percent_table): Delete.
(options.h): Include it.
* src/options.c: Create.
* src/options.h: Create.
Declare enum opt_access_e.
Define struct option_table_struct.
2001-09-20 18:32:20 +00:00
Marc Autret 75f5aaea27 * doc/bison.texinfo: Adjust terminologies about prologue and epilogue
sections of Bison.
2001-09-20 18:24:27 +00:00
Pascal Bart f508cb0ac9 * src/bison.simple: s/%%filename/%%skeleton.
* src/muscle_tab.c (getargs.h): Include it.
(muscle_init): Insert new muscle skeleton.
2001-09-19 19:25:02 +00:00
Marc Autret f3c383d683 Update. 2001-09-19 15:25:49 +00:00
Pascal Bart 13105fc158 * src/output.c (output_parser): Delete unused variable actions_dumped. 2001-09-18 21:32:53 +00:00
Pascal Bart b0c4483ed2 * src/output.c (output): Delete call to reader_output_yylsp.
* src/reader.c (reader): Likewise.
* src/reader.h:	Delete declaration of reader_output_yylsp.
2001-09-07 16:50:01 +00:00
Marc Autret 714720fcfe Update 2001-09-02 17:25:48 +00:00
Marc Autret 4766a52862 Regen 2001-09-02 16:21:30 +00:00
Marc Autret 11d82f03b4 * src/reader.c: Include muscle_tab.h.
(parse_union_decl): Update.
(parse_macro_decl): Rename parse_muscle_decl.
Update to use renamed functions and variable.
(read_declarations, copy_action, read_additionnal_code, : Updated
with correct variables and functions names.
(packsymbols, reader): Likewise.
* src/reader.h (muscle_obstack): Extern declaration update.
* src/output.c: Include muscle_tab.h
In all functions using macro_insert, change by using muscle_insert ().
(macro_obstack): Rename muscle_obstack.
Echo modifications in the whole file.
(MACRO_INSERT_INT): Rename MUSCLE_INSERT_INT.
(MACRO_INSERT_STRING): Rename MUSCLE_INSERT_STRING.
(MACRO_INSERT_PREFIX): Rename MUSCLE_INSERT_PREFIX.
* src/muscle_tab.h: Update double inclusion macros.
(macro_entry_s): Rename muscle_entry_s.
Update prototypes.
* src/muscle_tab.c: Include muscle_tab.h.
Rename macro_tabble to muscle_table.
(mhash1, mhash2, mcmp): Use muscle_entry.
(macro_init): Rename muscle_init. Update.
(macro_insert): Rename muscle_insert. Update.
(macro_find): Rename muscle_find. Update.
* src/main.c: Include muscle_tab.h.
(main): Call muscle_init ().
* src/Makefile.am (bison_SOURCES): Echo modifications.
2001-09-02 15:43:29 +00:00
Marc Autret a0ed1cb86a Update 2001-09-02 15:43:04 +00:00
Marc Autret f753cd6292 Add src/muscle_tab.c and src/muscle_tab.h 2001-09-02 15:27:27 +00:00
Marc Autret 93a37297e6 Remove src/macrotab.c and src/macrotab.h 2001-09-02 15:19:49 +00:00
Marc Autret 4134cae3c5 Update 2001-09-01 11:38:12 +00:00
Pascal Bart 682d48cd09 * src/reader.c (copy_guard): Use muscle to specify the `#line'
filename.
2001-09-01 10:40:54 +00:00
Marc Autret 53cdf751a3 Update 2001-09-01 01:23:21 +00:00
Marc Autret 087c8fdae3 * tests/calc.at (exp): Now, YYERROR_VERBOSE need to be set
to an explicit value to activate the feature. We do it here.
2001-09-01 01:20:54 +00:00
Pascal Bart 7a999fcb7b Update. 2001-08-31 23:24:55 +00:00
Pascal Bart dda680cb80 * src/output.c (prepare): Delete the `filename' muscule insertion.
* src/reader.c (copy_action): Use `filename' muscule with `#line'.
(parse_union_decl): Likewise.
* src/macrotab.c (macro_init): Initialize filename by infile.
2001-08-31 18:51:06 +00:00
Marc Autret 6b7d911c5d Update 2001-08-31 18:46:10 +00:00
Marc Autret 9e644e648d * src/bison.simple (YYLSP_NEEDED): New definition.
* src/output.c (prepare): Add macro insertion of `locations_flag'
2001-08-31 18:30:21 +00:00
Pascal Bart 17da6427fe * src/output.c (prepare): Delete insertion of previous muscles,
and insert the `prefix' muscles.
* src/macrotab.c (macro_init): Likewise.
(macro_init): Initialization prefix directive by `yy'.
* src/bison.simple: Substitute all %%yylex, %%yychar, %%yylval,
%%yydebug, %%yyerror, %%yynerrs and %%yyparse by yylex, yychar,
yylval, yydebug, yyerror, yynerrs and yyparse.
New directive `#define' to substitute yydebug, ... with option
name_prefix.
2001-08-31 18:22:54 +00:00
Marc Autret 01ed3db59b Update 2001-08-31 17:07:18 +00:00
Pascal Bart e8cb70b957 * src/main.c (main): Standardize.
* src/output.c (output_table_data, output_parser): Likewise.
* src/macrotab.h, src/macrotab.c, src/bison.simple: Likewise.
2001-08-31 16:56:44 +00:00
Marc Autret 63c2d5de0f * src/reader.c (read_additionnal_code): Rename %%user_code to
%%epilogue.
* src/output.c (output): Rename %%declarations to %%prologue.
* src/bison.simple: Echo modifications.
2001-08-31 16:01:53 +00:00
Marc Autret 675bc4e954 Update 2001-08-31 14:40:06 +00:00
Marc Autret d8cb51834b * src/reader.c (readgram): CleanUp.
(output_token_defines): Likewise.
(packsymbols): Likewise.
(reader): Likewise.
* src/output.c (output): CPP-out useless code.
2001-08-31 11:47:08 +00:00
Pascal Bart 6c686258e3 * src/reader.c (reader): Delete obsolete call to function
output_trailers and output_headers.
* src/output.h: Remove obsolete functions prototypes of output_headers
and output_trailers.
2001-08-31 08:00:56 +00:00
Marc Autret c111e171cd Update 2001-08-31 00:26:05 +00:00
Pascal Bart 8f451ef727 * src/main.c: Include macrotab.h.
* src/macrotab.h (macro_entry_s): Constify fields.
Adjust functions prototypes.
* src/macrotab.c (macro_insert): Constify key and value.
(macro_find): Constify key.
(macro_insert): Include 'xalloc.h'
(macro_insert): Use XMALLOC.
(macro_find): Constify return value.
* src/output.c (output_table_data): Rename table to table_data.
(output_parser): Constify macro_key, macro_value.
2001-08-30 18:51:56 +00:00
Akim Demaille 5086915ebd file bison was initially added on branch bison-1_29-branch. 2001-08-30 15:36:37 +00:00
Marc Autret 416bd7a9f3 New file 2001-08-30 00:44:59 +00:00
Marc Autret 997b6fd0c7 Adjust 2001-08-30 00:44:14 +00:00
Marc Autret 2ba3b73c58 * src/reader.c (parse_skel_decl): New.
(read_declarations): Add case `tok_skel', call parse_skel_decl ().
* src/lex.h (token_t): New token `tok_skel'.
* src/lex.c (percent_table): Add skeleton option entry.
Standardize.
2001-08-30 00:41:37 +00:00
Marc Autret ff48177d25 * src/bison.simple: Add %%user_code directive at the end.
* src/reader.c (read_additionnal_code): New.
(reader): Use it.
* src/output.c (output_program): Remove.
(output): Update.
2001-08-29 14:17:00 +00:00
Marc Autret 4e5caae2c6 Adjust 2001-08-28 20:55:58 +00:00
Marc Autret b33160bf45 * src/output.c (output_actions): Clean up.
* src/reader.c (reader): Clean up, CPP-out useless code.
2001-08-28 20:48:17 +00:00
Pascal Bart 535c0e75d1 * src/output.c (output): Copy attrs_obstack in the '%%definitions'
directive.
* src/bison.simple: Add `%%definitions'.
2001-08-28 18:36:57 +00:00
Pascal Bart d1a2daf76a * src/output.c (output_definitions): New function, which copies
attrs_obstack in the '%%definitions' directive.
* src/bison.simple: Add `%%definitions'.
2001-08-28 18:35:33 +00:00
Marc Autret 2b763dfe15 * config/depcomp: New file. 2001-08-28 17:53:07 +00:00
Paul Eggert f1a87ef6ad * src/bison.simple (yyparse): Don't take the address of an
item before the start of an array, as that doesn't conform to
the C Standard.
2001-08-27 17:28:28 +00:00
Paul Eggert cbd8990652 (yyparse): Don't take the address of an item before the start of an
array, as that doesn't conform to the C Standard.
2001-08-27 17:24:34 +00:00
Robert Anisko 82e236e2d6 * src/output.c (output): Remove the initialization of the macro
obstack.  It was done too late here.

* src/reader.c (parse_macro_decl): Fix.  Use of the macro obstack was
completely wrong.
(reader): Initialize the macro obstack here, since we need it to grow
'%define' directives.

* src/reader.h: Declare the macro obstack as extern.
2001-08-27 14:55:39 +00:00
Robert Anisko b0cfa28a12 * src/output.c (output_parser): Fix. Store single '%' characters in
the output obstack instead of throwing them away.
2001-08-27 14:34:02 +00:00
Akim Demaille 6fc7423473 * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): 1.5. 2001-08-27 08:57:54 +00:00
Marc Autret 40a64a7a48 Adjust 2001-08-25 18:38:03 +00:00
Robert Anisko 944bc6ce43 Regen. 2001-08-25 15:40:51 +00:00
Robert Anisko 9c76d118cc * lib/Makefile.am: Adjust. 2001-08-25 15:28:07 +00:00
Robert Anisko a8289c62db * src/bison.simple: Update and add '%%' directives. 2001-08-25 15:21:05 +00:00
Robert Anisko b6610515d5 * src/reader.c (reader): Remove calls to 'output_headers' and
'output_trailers'. Remove some C output.
(readgram): Disable a piece of code that was writing a default
definition for 'YYSTYPE'.
(reader_output_yylsp): Remove.
(packsymbols): Output token defintions to a macro.
(copy_definition): Disable C output.
* src/reader.c (parse_macro_decl): New function used to parse macro
declarations.
(copy_string2): Put the body of copy_string into this new function.
Add a parameter to let the caller choose whether he wants to copy the
string delimiters or not.
(copy_string): Be a simple call to copy_string2 with the last argument
bound to true.
(read_declarations): Add case for macro definition.
(copy_identifier): New.
(parse_macro_decl): Read macro identifiers using copy_identifier
rather than lex.
2001-08-25 15:13:42 +00:00
Robert Anisko 26f609ffc3 * src/output.c (prepare): Add prefixed names.
(output_parser): Output semantic actions.
(output_parser): Fix bug on '%%line' directives.
* src/output.c (output_headers): Remove. The C code printed by this
function should now be in the skeletons.
(output_trailers): Remove.
(output): Disable call to 'reader_output_yylsp'.
(output_rule_data): Do not output tables to the table obstack.
* src/output.c: Remove some C dedicated output.
Improve the use of macro and output obstacks.
(output_defines): Remove.
* src/output.c (output_token_translations): Associate 'translate'
table with a macro. No output to the table obstack.
(output_gram): Same for 'rhs' and 'prhs'.
(output_stos): Same for 'stos'.
(output_rule_data): Same for 'r1' and 'r2'.
(token_actions): Same for 'defact'.
(goto_actions): Same for 'defgoto'.
(output_base): Same for 'pact' and 'pgoto'.
(output_table): Same for 'table'.
(output_check): Same for 'check'.
* src/output.c (output_table_data): New function.
(output_short_table): Remove.
(output_short_or_char_table): Remove.
* src/output.c (output_parser): Replace most of the skeleton copy code
with something new. Skeletons are now processed character by character
rather than line by line, and Bison looks for '%%' macros. This is the
first step in making Bison's output process (a lot) more flexible.
(output_parser): Use the macro table.
2001-08-25 15:07:59 +00:00
Robert Anisko 6f43b11362 * src/main.c (main): Initialize the macro table. 2001-08-25 14:34:41 +00:00
Robert Anisko dd3127cf7a * src/lex.c (percent_table): Add tok_define.
* src/lex.h: Add tok_define.
2001-08-25 14:27:57 +00:00
Robert Anisko aa321494cf * src/macrotab.c: New file.
* src/macrotab.h: New file.
* src/Makefile.am: Update.
2001-08-25 14:21:46 +00:00
Robert Anisko 68bd3b6bfa * lib/hash.c: New file.
* lib/hash.h: New file.
* lib/Makefile.am: Update.
2001-08-25 14:15:11 +00:00
Robert Anisko bbb5bcc6f8 Revert to 1.28c 2001-08-25 13:13:14 +00:00
Pascal Bart 667a550e7b More cvsignore. 2001-08-23 22:51:37 +00:00
Pascal Bart 713fa62a74 Fix clcommit. 2001-08-21 20:44:16 +00:00
Robert Anisko 83cd972a1a 2001-08-20 Robert Anisko <[email protected]>
* src/output.c (prepare): Add prefixed names.
	(output_parser): Output semantic actions.
	(output_parser): Fix bug on '%%line' directives.

2001-08-19  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/output.c (output_rule_data): Do not output tables to
	the table obstack.

	* src/reader.c (reader): Remove calls to 'output_headers' and
	'output_trailers'. Remove some C output.
	(readgram): Disable a piece of code that was writing a default
	definition for 'YYSTYPE'.
	(reader_output_yylsp): Remove.
	(packsymbols): Output token defintions to a macro.
	(copy_definition): Disable C output.

	* src/output.c (output_headers): Remove. The C code printed by this
	function should now be in the skeletons.
	(output_trailers): Remove.
	(output): Disable call to 'reader_output_yylsp'.

2001-08-18  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/output.c: Remove some C dedicated output.

2001-08-18  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/output.c (output_defines): Remove.

2001-08-18  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/output.c: Improve the use of macro and output obstacks.

2001-08-18  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/output.c (output_token_translations): Associate 'translate' table
	with a macro. No output to the table obstack.
	(output_gram): Same for 'rhs' and 'prhs'.
	(output_stos): Same for 'stos'.
	(output_rule_data): Same for 'r1' and 'r2'.
	(token_actions): Same for 'defact'.
	(goto_actions): Same for 'defgoto'.
	(output_base): Same for 'pact' and 'pgoto'.
	(output_table): Same for 'table'.
	(output_check): Same for 'check'.

2001-08-18  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/output.c (output_table_data): New function.
	(output_short_table): Remove.
	(output_short_or_char_table): Remove.

2001-08-17  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/main.c (main): Initialize the macro table.

2001-08-17  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/output.c (output_parser): Use the macro table.
	* src/macrotab.c: New file.
	* src/macrotab.h: New file.

2001-08-17  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* lib/xalloc.h (CALLOC, MALLOC, REALLOC): New macros.

2001-08-17  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* lib/hash.c: New file.
	* lib/hash.h: New file.

2001-08-16  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/reader.c (parse_macro_decl): Read macro identifiers using
	copy_identifier rather than lex.

2001-08-16  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/reader.c (copy_identifier): New.

2001-08-16  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/reader.c (read_declarations): Add case for macro definition.
	* src/lex.c (percent_table): Add tok_define.
	* src/lex.h: Add tok_define.

2001-08-16  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/reader.c (parse_macro_decl): New function used to parse macro
	declarations.
	(copy_string2): Put the body of copy_string into this new function.
	Add a parameter to let the caller choose whether he wants to copy the
	string delimiters or not.
	(copy_string): Be a simple call to copy_string2 with the last argument
	bound to true.

2001-08-15  Robert Anisko  <[email protected]>

	* src/output.c (output_parser): Replace most of the skeleton copy code
	with something new. Skeletons are now processed character by character
	rather than line by line, and Bison looks for '%%' macros. This is the
	first step in making Bison's output process (a lot) more flexible.
2001-08-21 19:47:13 +00:00
164 changed files with 7802 additions and 37680 deletions
+1
View File
@@ -9,4 +9,5 @@ patches
*.patch *.log log patches applied
*.prj
releases
*.flc
autom4te.cache
-324
View File
@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
Notes on the Free Translation Project
*************************************
Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project
is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_
need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
this package with messages translated.
Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
Quick configuration advice
==========================
If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
should configure it using
./configure --with-included-gettext
to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only
the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea
to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
included `libintl'.
INSTALL Matters
===============
Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own
ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own
library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this
package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use
special options at configuration time for changing the default
behaviour. The commands:
./configure --with-included-gettext
./configure --disable-nls
will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
_totally_ disable translation of messages.
When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You
should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e.
if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
package is more recent, you should use
./configure --with-included-gettext
to prevent auto-detection.
The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an
emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
codes, stating which languages are allowed.
Using This Package
==================
As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's
suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell
prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
all.
You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
This is done through a different environment variable, called
`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
Translating Teams
=================
For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of
teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
area.
If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
message to `[email protected]', having this message body:
subscribe
Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
get started, please write to `[email protected]' to reach the
coordinator for all translator teams.
The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
programming skill, here.
Available Packages
==================
Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of September
2001. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
translation percentage of at least 50%.
Ready PO files bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
+----------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] |
bash | [] [] [] [] |
bfd | |
binutils | [] |
bison | [] [] [] [] [] |
clisp | [] [] [] [] |
cpio | [] [] [] [] [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
enscript | [] [] |
error | [] [] |
fetchmail | |
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] [] [] |
freetype | |
gas | |
gawk | [] [] |
gcal | |
gcc | |
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gprof | |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] [] [] |
indent | [] [] [] [] [] |
jpilot | [] |
kbd | |
ld | [] |
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
lilypond | [] |
lynx | [] [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | [] |
nano | [] [] [] |
opcodes | |
parted | [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
python | |
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sketch | |
soundtracker | [] [] [] |
sp | |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
util-linux | [] [] |
wdiff | [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+----------------------------------------------------+
bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
0 14 24 32 11 1 8 23 13 1 33 22 4 0 7 9 18
ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
+----------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] | 6
bash | | 4
bfd | | 0
binutils | | 1
bison | [] | 6
clisp | [] | 5
cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | 10
diffutils | [] [] [] [] | 11
enscript | [] [] [] | 5
error | [] [] | 4
fetchmail | | 0
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
flex | [] [] [] | 6
freetype | | 0
gas | | 0
gawk | [] | 3
gcal | | 0
gcc | | 0
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 18
gnupg | [] [] [] | 10
gprof | | 0
grep | [] [] [] [] | 12
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22
id-utils | [] [] [] | 6
indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
jpilot | | 1
kbd | [] | 1
ld | | 1
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
lilypond | [] [] | 3
lynx | [] [] [] [] | 8
m4 | [] [] [] [] | 12
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
mysecretdiary | | 1
nano | [] | 4
opcodes | [] | 1
parted | [] [] | 5
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
python | | 0
recode | [] [] [] [] | 13
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21
sharutils | [] [] [] | 11
sketch | | 0
soundtracker | | 3
sp | | 0
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
texinfo | [] | 7
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
util-linux | [] [] | 4
wdiff | [] [] [] [] | 7
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
+----------------------------------------------------+
33 teams ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
53 domains 9 1 6 20 0 6 17 1 13 25 10 11 23 21 2 2 387
Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
dialects.
For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
which it applies should also have been internationalized and
distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
distribution.
If September 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most
up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
Using `gettext' in new packages
===============================
If you are writing a freely available program and want to
internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means
in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact
`[email protected]' to make the `.pot' files available to
the translation teams.
+434 -1286
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+39 -88
View File
@@ -1,9 +1,3 @@
Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
Basic Installation
==================
@@ -14,27 +8,20 @@ various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging `configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. (Caching is
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
cache files.)
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache'
contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need
`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
a newer version of `autoconf'.
The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
@@ -68,15 +55,14 @@ Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure'
initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using
a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
this:
CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
You can give `configure' initial values for variables by setting
them in the environment. You can do that on the command line like this:
./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
@@ -89,11 +75,11 @@ directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
time in the source code directory. After you have installed the
package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
for another architecture.
If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for
one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
architecture.
Installation Names
==================
@@ -136,35 +122,22 @@ you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the host type, give it the
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS KERNEL-OS
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the host type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the host
platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be
run) with `--host=TYPE'. In this case, you should also specify the
build platform with `--build=TYPE', because, in this case, it may not
be possible to guess the build platform (it sometimes involves
compiling and running simple test programs, and this can't be done if
the compiler is a cross compiler).
produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
system on which you are compiling the package.
Sharing Defaults
================
@@ -177,43 +150,19 @@ default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
Operation Controls
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
`configure' Invocation
======================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
`--help'
`-h'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--version'
`-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
disable caching.
Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
`./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
debugging `configure'.
`--config-cache'
`-C'
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
`--help'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--quiet'
`--silent'
@@ -226,6 +175,8 @@ operates.
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
`configure --help' for more details.
`--version'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
-15
View File
@@ -1,18 +1,3 @@
## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
## (at your option) any later version.
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
## 02111-1307 USA
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2
-469
View File
@@ -1,469 +0,0 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.5c from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = .
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOM4TE = @AUTOM4TE@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
GCC = @GCC@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIB = @LIB@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
U = @U@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WARNING_CFLAGS = @WARNING_CFLAGS@
WERROR_CFLAGS = @WERROR_CFLAGS@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
SUBDIRS = config intl po lib src doc m4 tests
EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES configure.bat OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
DISTCLEANFILES = intl/libintl.h
move_if_change = $(srcdir)/config/move-if-change
prev_version_file = $(srcdir)/config/prev-version.txt
release_archive_dir = releases
# Uploading betas.
hosts = alpha
alpha_host = alpha.gnu.org
alpha_url_dir = gnu/bison
# Files to update automatically.
wget_files = $(srcdir)/config/config.guess $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \
$(srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex
cvs_files = $(srcdir)/config/missing
subdir = .
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = intl/Makefile
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \
uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \
install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \
uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive
DIST_COMMON = README ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL \
Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS README-alpha THANKS aclocal.m4 \
config.hin configure configure.in
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
all: config.h
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
$(ACLOCAL_M4): configure.in m4/c-bs-a.m4 m4/codeset.m4 m4/dmalloc.m4 m4/error.m4 m4/gettext.m4 m4/glibc21.m4 m4/iconv.m4 m4/isc-posix.m4 m4/lcmessage.m4 m4/malloc.m4 m4/mbrtowc.m4 m4/mbstate_t.m4 m4/prereq.m4 m4/progtest.m4 m4/realloc.m4 m4/strerror_r.m4 m4/warning.m4
cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
config.h: stamp-h1
@if test ! -f $@; then \
rm -f stamp-h1; \
$(MAKE) stamp-h1; \
else :; fi
stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.hin $(top_builddir)/config.status
@rm -f stamp-h1
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
$(srcdir)/config.hin: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
touch $(srcdir)/config.hin
distclean-hdr:
-rm -f config.h
intl/Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/intl/Makefile.in
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
uninstall-info-am:
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
maintainer-clean-recursive:
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
fi; \
done; \
rev="$$rev ."; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
for subdir in $$rev; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
tags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
done
tags: TAGS
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.hin $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.hin $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|| etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = .
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
am__remove_distdir = \
{ test ! -d $(distdir) \
|| { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
&& rm -fr $(distdir); }; }
GZIP_ENV = --best
distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@if sed 15q $(srcdir)/NEWS | fgrep -e "$(VERSION)" >/dev/null; \
then :; else \
echo "NEWS not updated; not releasing" 1>&2; \
exit 1; \
fi
$(am__remove_distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/intl $(distdir)/po $(distdir)/tests
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| exit 1; \
(cd $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
-find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
|| chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
dist-gzip: distdir
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist-bzip2: distdir
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist dist-all: distdir
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
$(am__remove_distdir)
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
# tarfile.
distcheck: dist
$(am__remove_distdir)
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(AMTAR) xf -
chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)/=build
mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
chmod a-w $(distdir)
dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/=inst && pwd` \
&& cd $(distdir)/=build \
&& ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
--with-included-gettext \
$(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
&& (test `find $$dc_install_base -type f -print | wc -l` -le 1 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
find $$dc_install_base -type f -print ; \
exit 1; } >&2 ) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist-gzip \
&& rm -f $(distdir).tar.gz \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck
$(am__remove_distdir)
@echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution" | \
sed 'h;s/./=/g;p;x;p;x'
distcleancheck: distclean
if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
exit 1 ; \
fi
test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left after distclean:" ; \
$(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile config.h
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
-test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f config.status config.cache config.log
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
clean-generic clean-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \
dist-gzip distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \
distclean-recursive distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir dvi \
dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am info-recursive install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-data-recursive \
install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-recursive \
install-info install-info-am install-info-recursive install-man \
install-recursive install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
installdirs installdirs-am installdirs-recursive \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-recursive tags tags-recursive uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-info-recursive \
uninstall-recursive
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
+8 -128
View File
@@ -1,122 +1,7 @@
Bison News
----------
Changes in version 1.30k:
* Portability
The AIX portability issue seems to be solved: strnlen was the
culprit.
Changes in version 1.30j:
* GNU Gettext and %expect
GNU Gettext asserts 10 s/r conflicts, but there are 7. Now that
Bison dies on incorrect %expectations, we fear there will be
too many bug reports for Gettext, so _for the time being_, %expect
does not trigger an error when the input file is named `plural.y'.
Changes in version 1.30i:
* Use of alloca in parsers
If YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA is defined to 0, then the parsers will use
malloc exclusively. Since 1.29, but was not NEWS'ed.
alloca is used only when compiled with GCC, to avoid portability
problems as on AIX.
* Bug fixes
Changes in version 1.30h:
* When the generated parser lacks debugging code, YYDEBUG is now 0
(as POSIX requires) instead of being undefined.
* User Actions
Bison has always permitted actions such as { $$ = $1 }: it adds the
ending semicolon. Now if in Yacc compatibility mode, the semicolon
is no longer output: one has to write { $$ = $1; }.
Changes in version 1.30g:
* Bug fixes
* Better C++ compliance
The output parsers try to respect C++ namespaces.
Changes in version 1.30f:
* Reduced Grammars
Fixed bugs when reporting useless nonterminals.
* 64 bit hosts
The parsers work properly on 64 bit hosts.
Changes in version 1.30e:
* Error messages
Some calls to strerror resulted in scrambled or missing error messages.
* %expect
When the number of shift/reduce conflicts is correct, don't issue
any warning.
* The verbose report includes the rule line numbers.
* Rule line numbers are fixed in traces.
Changes in version 1.30d:
* Swedish translation
* Parse errors
Verbose parse error messages from the parsers are better looking.
Before: parse error: unexpected `'/'', expecting `"number"' or `'-'' or `'(''
Now: parse error: unexpected '/', expecting "number" or '-' or '('
* Fixed VCG output
Was broken when strings aliases for symbols were used.
Changes in version 1.30c:
* Fixed a few warnings.
* Some portability issues.
Changes in version 1.30b:
* Fixed parser memory leaks.
When the generated parser was using malloc to extend its stacks, the
previous allocations were not freed.
* Fixed verbose output file.
Some newlines were missing.
Some conflicts in state descriptions were missing.
* Fixed conflict report.
Option -v was needed to get the result.
* %expect
Was not used.
Mismatches are errors, not warnings.
* Fixed incorrect processing of some invalid input.
* Fixed CPP guards: 9foo.h uses BISON_9FOO_H instead of 9FOO_H.
* Fixed some typos in the documentation.
* %token MY_EOF 0 is supported.
Before, MY_EOF was silently renumbered as 257.
* doc/refcard.tex is updated.
* %output, %file-prefix, %name-prefix.
New.
* --output
New, aliasing `--output-file'.
Changes in version 1.30, 2001-10-26:
Changes in version 1.29d:
* `--defines' and `--graph' have now an optionnal argument which is the
output file name. `-d' and `-g' do not change, they do not take any
@@ -125,9 +10,11 @@ Changes in version 1.30, 2001-10-26:
* `%source_extension' and `%header_extension' are removed, failed
experiment.
* Portability fixes.
Changes in version 1.29, 2001-09-07:
* The test suite is more portable.
* Better portability.
Changes in version 1.29:
* The output file does not define const, as this caused problems when used
with common autoconfiguration schemes. If you still use ancient compilers
@@ -158,11 +45,8 @@ Changes in version 1.29, 2001-09-07:
* New directives.
`%yacc', `%fixed_output_files', `%defines', `%no_parser', `%verbose',
`%debug', `%source_extension' and `%header_extension'.
* @$
Automatic location tracking.
Changes in version 1.28, 1999-07-06:
Changes in version 1.28:
* Should compile better now with K&R compilers.
@@ -194,7 +78,7 @@ Changes in version 1.26:
* Generated parsers should now work even on operating systems which do
not provide alloca().
Changes in version 1.25, 1995-10-16:
Changes in version 1.25:
* Errors in the input grammar are not fatal; Bison keeps reading
the grammar file, and reports all the errors found in it.
@@ -235,7 +119,3 @@ Changes in version 1.22:
Changes in version 1.20:
Output file does not redefine const for C++.
Local Variables:
mode: outline
End:
+1 -15
View File
@@ -1,17 +1,12 @@
Bison was originally written by Robert Corbett. It would not be what
it is today without the invaluable help of these people:
Airy Andre Airy.Andre@edf.fr
Akim Demaille [email protected]
Akim Demaille akim@epita.fr
Albert Chin-A-Young [email protected]
Alexander Belopolsky [email protected]
Arnold Robbins [email protected]
Daniel Hagerty [email protected]
David J. MacKenzie [email protected]
Dick Streefland [email protected]
Enrico Scholz [email protected]
Fabrice Bauzac [email protected]
H. Merijn Brand [email protected]
Hans Aberg [email protected]
Jesse Thilo [email protected]
Jim Meyering [email protected]
@@ -19,23 +14,14 @@ Juan Manuel Guerrero [email protected]
Keith Browne [email protected]
Laurent Mascherpa [email protected]
Marc Autret [email protected]
Mike Castle [email protected]
Neil Booth [email protected]
Nelson H. F. Beebe [email protected]
Noah Friedman [email protected]
Pascal Bart [email protected]
Paul Eggert [email protected]
Per Allansson [email protected]
Peter Hámorský [email protected]
Piotr Gackiewicz [email protected]
Richard Stallman [email protected]
Robert Anisko [email protected]
Shura [email protected]
Tom Lane [email protected]
Tom Tromey [email protected]
Wayne Green [email protected]
Wolfram Wagner [email protected]
Wwp [email protected]
Many people are not named here because we lost track of them. We
thank them! Please, help us keeping this list up to date.
+28
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
-*- outline -*-
* src/reader.c
Complete parse_skel_decl () with parse_dquoted_param (). []
Check and cleanup for CPP-out code. []
* src/output.c
Synchronize `#line' directive with user file. [ok]
Cleanup dirty CPP-out code. []
** Output sub-skeleton files. []
Useful for %no_parser. []
*** New skeleton. []
* src/getargs.c src/lex.c
Synchronize percent and command line options. [ok]
* src/macrotab.[ch]
Removing warnings when compiling. (gcc-warnings). [ok]
* src/print_graph.c
Find the best graph parameters. []
* doc/bison.texinfo
Echo modifications of prologue and epilogue. []
Add informations about YYERROR_VERBOSE. []
Add explainations about skeleton muscles. []
Add explainations about %skeleton. []
Vendored
-1721
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-320
View File
@@ -1,320 +0,0 @@
/* config.hin. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
*/
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
#undef C_ALLOCA
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
language is requested. */
#undef ENABLE_NLS
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
*/
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_CTYPE_H
/* Define if backslash-a works in C strings. */
#undef HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
/* Define to 1 if you have the `dcgettext' function. */
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memchr', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memrchr', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `stpcpy', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_STPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strchr', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strnlen', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strspn', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRSPN
/* Define if the malloc check has been performed. */
#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
/* Define if the realloc check has been performed. */
#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
/* Define to 1 if you have the `doprnt' function. */
#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEGID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEUID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETGID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETUID
/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
#undef HAVE_ICONV
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `isascii' function. */
#undef HAVE_ISASCII
/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswprint' function. */
#undef HAVE_ISWPRINT
/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
/* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
#undef HAVE_MBSINIT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memrchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMRCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
#undef HAVE_MKSTEMP
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
#undef HAVE_MMAP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if libc includes obstacks. */
#undef HAVE_OBSTACK
/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strspn' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRSPN
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
#undef ICONV_CONST
/* Name of package */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define if compiler has function prototypes */
#undef PROTOTYPES
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *. */
#undef STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
/* Version number of package */
#undef VERSION
/* Define if using the dmalloc debugging malloc package */
#undef WITH_DMALLOC
/* Define to 1 for GNU C library extensions. */
#undef _GNU_SOURCE
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
#undef _MINIX
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
this defined. */
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Define as `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing
if it is not supported. */
#undef inline
/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef malloc
/* Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define. */
#undef mbstate_t
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef off_t
/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef realloc
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t
-221
View File
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.5c from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOM4TE = @AUTOM4TE@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
GCC = @GCC@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIB = @LIB@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
U = @U@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WARNING_CFLAGS = @WARNING_CFLAGS@
WERROR_CFLAGS = @WERROR_CFLAGS@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt
subdir = config
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
DIST_SOURCES =
DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in config.guess config.sub depcomp \
install-sh mdate-sh missing mkinstalldirs texinfo.tex
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu config/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
uninstall-info-am:
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
-1319
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-1440
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+1 -6
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
# Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, June 1995
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,11 +17,6 @@
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Prevent date giving response in another language.
LANG=C
export LANG
-336
View File
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
# Copyright 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <[email protected]>, 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
run=:
# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
# srcdir already.
if test -f configure.ac; then
configure_ac=configure.ac
else
configure_ac=configure.in
fi
case "$1" in
--run)
# Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
run=
shift
"$@" && exit 0
;;
esac
# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
# try to emulate it.
case "$1" in
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
--run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
autoconf touch file \`configure'
autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
help2man touch the output file
lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
makeinfo touch the output file
tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing 0.4 - GNU automake"
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
aclocal)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
any GNU archive site."
touch aclocal.m4
;;
autoconf)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
\`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
archive site."
touch configure
;;
autoheader)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
from any GNU archive site."
files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
touch_files=
for f in $files; do
case "$f" in
*:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
*) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
esac
done
touch $touch_files
;;
automake)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
Grab them from any GNU archive site."
find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
while read f; do touch "$f"; done
;;
autom4te)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
system. You might have modified some files without having the
proper tools for further handling them.
You can get \`$1Help2man' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
archive site."
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
if test -f "$file"; then
touch $file
else
test -z "$file" || exec >$file
echo "#! /bin/sh"
echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
echo "# $ $@"
echo "exit 0"
chmod +x $file
exit 1
fi
;;
bison|yacc)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
\`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
case "$LASTARG" in
*.y)
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
fi
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
fi
;;
esac
fi
if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
echo >y.tab.h
fi
if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
fi
;;
lex|flex)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
\`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
rm -f lex.yy.c
if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
case "$LASTARG" in
*.l)
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
fi
;;
esac
fi
if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
fi
;;
help2man)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
\`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
if test -z "$file"; then
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
fi
if [ -f "$file" ]; then
touch $file
else
test -z "$file" || exec >$file
echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
exit 1
fi
;;
makeinfo)
if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have makeinfo, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
if test -z "$file"; then
file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
fi
touch $file
;;
tar)
shift
if test -n "$run"; then
echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
exit 1
fi
# We have already tried tar in the generic part.
# Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
# messages.
if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
gnutar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
fi
if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
gtar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
fi
firstarg="$1"
if shift; then
case "$firstarg" in
*o*)
firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
;;
esac
case "$firstarg" in
*h*)
firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
;;
esac
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
command line arguments."
exit 1
;;
*)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
system. You might have modified some files without having the
proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
-101
View File
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
# Author: Noah Friedman <[email protected]>
# Created: 1993-05-16
# Public domain
# $Id$
errstatus=0
dirmode=""
usage="\
Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..."
# process command line arguments
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case "${1}" in
-h | --help | --h* ) # -h for help
echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 0 ;;
-m ) # -m PERM arg
shift
test $# -eq 0 && { echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 1; }
dirmode="${1}"
shift ;;
-- ) shift; break ;; # stop option processing
-* ) echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 1 ;; # unknown option
* ) break ;; # first non-opt arg
esac
done
for file
do
if test -d "$file"; then
shift
else
break
fi
done
case $# in
0) exit 0 ;;
esac
case $dirmode in
'')
if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
fi ;;
*)
if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
fi ;;
esac
for file
do
set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
shift
pathcomp=
for d
do
pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
case "$pathcomp" in
-* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
esac
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
else
if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
lasterr=""
chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
fi
fi
fi
fi
pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
done
done
exit $errstatus
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 3
# End:
# mkinstalldirs ends here
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1 +1 @@
1.30j
1.29c
+34 -51
View File
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
\def\texinfoversion{2002-01-04.07}
\def\texinfoversion{2001-07-25.07}
%
% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,
% 2000, 01 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -30,17 +30,14 @@
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex
% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
% ftp://texinfo.org/texinfo/texinfo.tex
% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org),
% and /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
%
% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
% ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex
% ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger [email protected] for a list).
% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
%
% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/ and also
% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/.
%
% Send bug reports to [email protected]. Please include including a
% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
@@ -930,12 +927,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
\def\imagewidth{#2}%
\def\imageheight{#3}%
% without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
% included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
\immediate\pdfimage
\pdfimage
\else
\immediate\pdfximage
\pdfximage
\fi
\ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
\ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
@@ -948,7 +943,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
\fi}
\def\pdfmkdest#1{{\normalturnoffactive \pdfdest name{#1} xyz}}
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@}
\let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
\def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
@@ -5804,15 +5799,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
%
\smallfonts \rm
%
% Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
% to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
% hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
% text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
\let\noindent = \relax
%
% Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
% footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
\everypar = {\hang}%
% Hang the footnote text off the number.
\hang
\textindent{\thisfootno}%
%
% Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
@@ -5893,7 +5881,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
\global\warnednoepsftrue
\fi
\else
\imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
\imagexxx #1,,,\finish
\fi
}
%
@@ -5903,34 +5891,33 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
\newif\ifimagevmode
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \loggingall
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
\normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
% If the image is by itself, center it.
\ifvmode
\imagevmodetrue
\nobreak\bigskip
% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
% above and below.
\nobreak\vskip\parskip
\nobreak
\line\bgroup\hss
\fi
%
% Output the image.
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{%
\ifpdf
\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
\else
% \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
\normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
% If the image is by itself, center it.
\ifvmode
\nobreak\bigskip
% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
% above and below.
\nobreak\vskip\parskip
\nobreak
\centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
\bigbreak
\else
% In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space.
\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
\fi
\endgroup
\fi
%
\ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
\endgroup}
}
\message{localization,}
@@ -6100,10 +6087,6 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
%
\afourpaper
\internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}%
%
% Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper, apparently,
% although this does not entirely make sense.
\globaldefs = 0
}}
% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
Vendored
-10344
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+18 -22
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
# Configure template for GNU Bison. -*-Autoconf-*-
#
# Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
@@ -18,20 +16,17 @@
# 02111-1307 USA
# We need a recent Autoconf to run a recent Autotest.
AC_PREREQ(2.52g)
AC_PREREQ(2.52e)
AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.30k], [[email protected]])
AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.29d], [[email protected]])
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([bison], [1.30k])
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([bison], [1.29d])
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.hin)
# Initialize the test suite.
AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/bison], [chmod +x tests/bison])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal])
# Needed by tests/atlocal.in.
AC_SUBST([GCC])
# Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_CC
@@ -39,7 +34,12 @@ AC_MINIX
AC_ISC_POSIX
AM_PROG_CC_STDC
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
# GNU M4 is needed to build the testsuite.
BISON_AC_PROG_GNU_M4
if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4" != yes; then
missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
M4="$missing_dir/missing m4"
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcc-warnings,
[ --enable-gcc-warnings turn on lots of GCC warnings (not recommended)],
@@ -49,9 +49,6 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcc-warnings,
esac],
[enableval=no])
if test "${enableval}" = yes; then
BISON_WARNING(-Werror)
AC_SUBST([WERROR_CFLAGS], [$WARNING_CFLAGS])
WARNING_CFLAGS=
BISON_WARNING(-Wall)
BISON_WARNING(-W)
BISON_WARNING(-Wbad-function-cast)
@@ -64,6 +61,7 @@ if test "${enableval}" = yes; then
BISON_WARNING(-Wshadow)
BISON_WARNING(-Wstrict-prototypes)
BISON_WARNING(-Wwrite-strings)
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $WARNING_CFLAGS"
fi
# Checks for libraries.
@@ -84,28 +82,26 @@ AM_C_PROTOTYPES
# Checks for library functions.
AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mkstemp setlocale)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([stpcpy, strchr, strspn, strnlen, memchr, memrchr])
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(stpcpy strchr strspn memchr memrchr)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([stpcpy, strndup, strnlen, memchr])
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(stpcpy strndup strnlen strspn memchr)
jm_FUNC_MALLOC
jm_FUNC_REALLOC
jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
jm_PREREQ_ERROR
AM_WITH_DMALLOC
ALL_LINGUAS="de es et fr ja nl ru sv tr"
AM_GNU_GETTEXT(, need-ngettext)
ALL_LINGUAS="de es et fr ja nl tr ru"
AM_GNU_GETTEXT
# This is necessary so that .o files in LIBOBJS are also built via
# the ANSI2KNR-filtering rules.
LIB@&t@OBJS=`echo $LIB@&t@OBJS|sed 's/\.o /\$U.o /g;s/\.o$/\$U.o/'`
AC_SUBST(LIB@&t@OBJS)
LIBOBJS=`echo $LIBOBJS|sed 's/\.o /\$U.o /g;s/\.o$/\$U.o/'`
AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
AC_OUTPUT([Makefile
config/Makefile
intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in
lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile
m4/Makefile])
m4/Makefile
tests/Makefile])
+8 -3
View File
@@ -1,11 +1,16 @@
Makefile Makefile.in
*.aux *.dvi *.log *.info* *.pdf *.ps
stamp-*
Makefile
bison.aux
bison.cp
bison.cps
bison.dvi
bison.fn
bison.ky
bison.log
bison.pg
bison.ps
bison.toc
bison.tp
bison.vr
refcard.dvi
refcard.log
refcard.ps
+2 -2
View File
@@ -262,9 +262,9 @@ and so on.
.ns
.TP
.B \-\-debug
In the parser file, define the macro
Output a definition of the macro
.B YYDEBUG
to 1 if it is not already defined,
into the parser file,
so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
.TP
.B \-v
+1 -2
View File
@@ -56,8 +56,7 @@ foo_tab.c.
.indent -1
2 /DEBUG
.skip
In the parser file,
define the macro YYDEBUG to 1 if it is not already defined,
Output a definition of the macro YYDEBUG into the parser file,
so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
.skip
.indent -1
+241 -303
View File
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Examples
Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
* Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for rpcalc.
* Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
* Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
* Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
* Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
@@ -229,10 +229,10 @@ Bison Grammar Files
Outline of a Bison Grammar
* C Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the C declarations section.
* Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue (declarations section).
* Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
* Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
* C Code:: Syntax and usage of the additional C code section.
* Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue (additional code section).
Defining Language Semantics
@@ -447,26 +447,16 @@ lexicography, not grammar.)
Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
@ifinfo
@example
int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, identifier,}
@r{identifier, close-paren} */
square (x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren,} */
/* @r{identifier, close-paren} */
int x; /* @r{keyword `int', identifier, semicolon} */
@{ /* @r{open-brace} */
return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
identifier, semicolon} */
return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier,} */
/* @r{asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
@} /* @r{close-brace} */
@end example
@end ifinfo
@ifnotinfo
@example
int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, identifier, identifier, close-paren} */
@{ /* @r{open-brace} */
return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
@} /* @r{close-brace} */
@end example
@end ifnotinfo
The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
@@ -693,7 +683,7 @@ arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
@xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
write, all variable and function names used in the Bison parser file
begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
@@ -702,15 +692,6 @@ Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
this manual.
In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
headers. On some non-@sc{gnu} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>},
@code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
declare memory allocators and related types. In the same situation,
C++ parsers may include @code{<cstddef>} and @code{<cstdlib>} instead.
Other system headers may be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a
nonzero value (@pxref{Debugging, ,Debugging Your Parser}).
@node Stages
@section Stages in Using Bison
@cindex stages in using Bison
@@ -765,7 +746,7 @@ general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
@example
%@{
@var{C declarations}
@var{Prologue (declarations)}
%@}
@var{Bison declarations}
@@ -773,15 +754,15 @@ general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
%%
@var{Grammar rules}
%%
@var{Additional C code}
@var{Epilogue (additional code)}
@end example
@noindent
The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
The C declarations may define types and variables used in the actions.
You can also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
@code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
@@ -791,10 +772,10 @@ semantic values of various symbols.
The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
parts.
The additional C code can contain any C code you want to use. Often the
definition of the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} goes here, plus subroutines
called by the actions in the grammar rules. In a simple program, all the
rest of the program can go here.
The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the definition of
the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} goes here, plus subroutines called by the
actions in the grammar rules. In a simple program, all the rest of the
program can go here.
@node Examples
@chapter Examples
@@ -842,7 +823,7 @@ The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
@samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
@menu
* Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for rpcalc.
* Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
* Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
* Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
* Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
@@ -870,16 +851,15 @@ calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
%% /* Grammar rules and actions follow */
@end example
The C declarations section (@pxref{C Declarations, ,The C Declarations Section}) contains two
The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
preprocessor directives.
The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
@code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
which is a floating point number.
specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and groupings
(@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The Bison parser will use whatever type
@code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you don't define it, @code{int} is the
default. Because we specify @code{double}, each token and each expression
has an associated value, which is a floating point number.
The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
function @code{pow}.
@@ -1086,11 +1066,10 @@ token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the global
variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look for it.
(The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was defined
at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls, ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-file is encountered.
(Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating the end of the
@@ -1193,8 +1172,8 @@ Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
end, in the ``additional C code'' section of the file (@pxref{Grammar
Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
end, in the epilogue of the file
(@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
@code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
@@ -1223,19 +1202,19 @@ Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
@example
@group
# @r{List files in current directory.}
$ @kbd{ls}
% ls
rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
@end group
@group
# @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
# @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
$ @kbd{cc rpcalc.tab.c -lm -o rpcalc}
% cc rpcalc.tab.c -lm -o rpcalc
@end group
@group
# @r{List files again.}
$ @kbd{ls}
% ls
rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
@end group
@end example
@@ -1244,19 +1223,19 @@ The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
example session using @code{rpcalc}.
@example
$ @kbd{rpcalc}
@kbd{4 9 +}
% rpcalc
4 9 +
13
@kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-
-13
@kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
13
@kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
5 6 / 4 n +
-3.166666667
@kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
3 4 ^ @r{Exponentiation}
81
@kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
$
^D @r{End-of-file indicator}
%
@end example
@node Infix Calc
@@ -1336,12 +1315,12 @@ Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
@need 500
@example
$ @kbd{calc}
@kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
% calc
4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))
6.880952381
@kbd{-56 + 2}
-56 + 2
-54
@kbd{3 ^ 2}
3 ^ 2
9
@end example
@@ -1393,11 +1372,13 @@ Bison programs.
@cindex @code{ltcalc}
@cindex calculator, location tracking
This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
analyser.
This example extends the infix notation calculator with location tracking.
This feature will be used to improve error reporting, and provide better
error messages.
For the sake of clarity, we will switch for this example to an integer
calculator, since most of the work needed to use locations will be done
in the lexical analyser.
@menu
* Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
@@ -1408,8 +1389,8 @@ analyser.
@node Ltcalc Decls
@subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are the same
as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
@example
/* Location tracking calculator. */
@@ -1430,24 +1411,22 @@ the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
%% /* Grammar follows */
@end example
@noindent
Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
four member structure with the following integer fields:
@code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
@code{last_column}.
In the code above, there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining
a data type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a four
member structure with the following integer fields: @code{first_line},
@code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}.
@node Ltcalc Rules
@subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
from the new information.
Whether you choose to handle locations or not has no effect on the syntax of
your language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close to
those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit from the new
informations we will have.
Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
wrong expressions or subexpressions.
Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the wrong
expressions or subexpressions.
@example
@group
@@ -1468,17 +1447,17 @@ exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
| exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
| exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
@end group
@group
| exp '/' exp
@group
@{
if ($3)
$$ = $1 / $3;
else
@{
$$ = 1;
fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
@@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
@@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
printf("Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
@@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
@@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
@}
@}
@end group
@@ -1493,24 +1472,25 @@ This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
@code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
hand.
In this example, we never assign a value to @code{@@$}, because the
output parser can do this automatically. By default, before executing
the C code of each action, @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning
of @code{@@1} to the end of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n}
components.
Of course, this behavior can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default
Action, , Default Action for Locations}), and for very specific rules,
@code{@@$} can be computed by hand.
@node Ltcalc Lexer
@subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyser, and make it
able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
semantic values.
Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location tracking. The next
step is to rewrite the lexical analyser, and make it able to feed the parser
with locations of tokens, as he already does for semantic values.
To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
To do so, we must take into account every single character of the input text,
to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
@example
@group
@@ -1560,18 +1540,17 @@ yylex (void)
@}
@end example
Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
@code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
Basically, the lexical analyzer does the same processing as before: it skips
blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens. In addition
to this, it updates the @code{yylloc} global variable (of type @code{YYLTYPE}),
where the location of tokens is stored.
Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
controlling function:
Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has it's number as
well as it's semantic value, and it's position in the text. The last needed
change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the controlling
function:
@example
@group
int
main (void)
@{
@@ -1579,12 +1558,11 @@ main (void)
yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
return yyparse ();
@}
@end group
@end example
Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every character
must be associated to a location update, whether it is in valid input, in
comments, in literal strings, and so on...
@node Multi-function Calc
@section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
@@ -1614,20 +1592,20 @@ to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
@example
$ @kbd{mfcalc}
@kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
% mfcalc
pi = 3.141592653589
3.1415926536
@kbd{sin(pi)}
sin(pi)
0.0000000000
@kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
alpha = beta1 = 2.3
2.3000000000
@kbd{alpha}
alpha
2.3000000000
@kbd{ln(alpha)}
ln(alpha)
0.8329091229
@kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
exp(ln(beta1))
2.3000000000
$
%
@end example
Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
@@ -2010,7 +1988,7 @@ appropriate delimiters:
@example
%@{
@var{C declarations}
@var{Prologue}
%@}
@var{Bison declarations}
@@ -2019,24 +1997,25 @@ appropriate delimiters:
@var{Grammar rules}
%%
@var{Additional C code}
@var{Epilogue}
@end example
Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
@menu
* C Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the C declarations section.
* Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
* Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
* Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
* C Code:: Syntax and usage of the additional C code section.
* Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
@end menu
@node C Declarations
@subsection The C Declarations Section
@cindex C declarations section
@cindex declarations, C
@node Prologue, Bison Declarations, , Grammar Outline
@subsection The prologue
@cindex declarations section
@cindex Prologue
@cindex declarations
The @var{C declarations} section contains macro definitions and
The @var{prologue} section contains macro definitions and
declarations of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the
grammar rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so
that they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
@@ -2066,18 +2045,18 @@ There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
@samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
if it is the first thing in the file.
@node C Code
@subsection The Additional C Code Section
@node Epilogue, , Grammar Rules, Grammar Outline
@subsection The epilogue
@cindex additional C code section
@cindex epilogue
@cindex C code, section for additional
The @var{additional C code} section is copied verbatim to the end of the
parser file, just as the @var{C declarations} section is copied to the
beginning. This is the most convenient place to put anything that you
want to have in the parser file but which need not come before the
definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the definitions of
@code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. @xref{Interface, ,Parser
C-Language Interface}.
The @var{epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
the @var{prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here.
@xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
from the grammar rules.
@@ -2085,7 +2064,7 @@ from the grammar rules.
The Bison parser itself contains many static variables whose names start
with @samp{yy} and many macros whose names start with @samp{YY}. It is a
good idea to avoid using any such names (except those documented in this
manual) in the additional C code section of the grammar file.
manual) in the epilogue of the grammar file.
@node Symbols
@section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
@@ -2396,8 +2375,7 @@ the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
RPN and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
Notation Calculator}).
RPN and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish Notation Calculator}).
Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
@@ -2407,8 +2385,8 @@ specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
@end example
@noindent
This macro definition must go in the C declarations section of the grammar
file (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
(@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
@node Multiple Types
@subsection More Than One Value Type
@@ -3090,11 +3068,11 @@ terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
@findex %expect
Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
(@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
(@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars have harmless shift/reduce
conflicts which are resolved in a predictable way and would be difficult to
eliminate. It is desirable to suppress the warning about these conflicts
unless the number of conflicts changes. You can do this with the
@code{%expect} declaration.
The declaration looks like this:
@@ -3102,11 +3080,10 @@ The declaration looks like this:
%expect @var{n}
@end example
Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should be
no warning if there are @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no
reduce/reduce conflicts. An error, instead of the usual warning, is
given if there are either more or fewer conflicts, or if there are any
reduce/reduce conflicts.
Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should be no
warning if there are @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce
conflicts. The usual warning is given if there are either more or fewer
conflicts, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
@@ -3191,7 +3168,7 @@ valid grammar.
@cindex declaration summary
@cindex summary, Bison declaration
Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
Here is a summary of all Bison declarations:
@table @code
@item %union
@@ -3226,18 +3203,44 @@ Start-Symbol}).
@item %expect
Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
(@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
@end table
@sp 1
@noindent
In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
directives:
@item %yacc
@itemx %fixed_output_files
Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
@item %locations
Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
accurate parse error messages.
@item %pure_parser
Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
(Reentrant) Parser}).
@item %no_parser
Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
declarations.
This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
into a file named @file{@var{filename}.act}, in the form of a
brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
@item %no_lines
Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
file in its own right.
@table @code
@item %debug
In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
@xref{Debugging, ,Debugging Your Parser}.
Output a definition of the macro @code{YYDEBUG} into the parser file, so
that the debugging facilities are compiled. @xref{Debugging, ,Debugging
Your Parser}.
@item %defines
Write an extra output file containing macro definitions for the token
@@ -3252,64 +3255,35 @@ This output file is essential if you wish to put the definition of
be able to refer to token type codes and the variable
@code{yylval}. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.@refill
@item %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
@c @item %header_extension
@c Specify the extension of the parser header file generated when
@c @code{%define} or @samp{-d} are used.
@c
@c For example, a grammar file named @file{foo.ypp} and containing a
@c @code{%header_extension .hh} directive will produce a header file
@c named @file{foo.tab.hh}
@item %locations
Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
accurate parse error messages.
@item %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
@var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
@code{yylval}, @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you
use @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse},
@code{c_lex}, and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in
the Same Program}.
@item %no-parser
Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
declarations.
This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
into a file named @file{@var{filename}.act}, in the form of a
brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
@item %no-lines
Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
file in its own right.
@item %output="@var{filename}"
Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file.
@item %pure-parser
Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
(Reentrant) Parser}).
@c @item %source_extension
@c Specify the extension of the parser output file.
@c
@c For example, a grammar file named @file{foo.yy} and containing a
@c @code{%source_extension .cpp} directive will produce a parser file
@c named @file{foo.tab.cpp}
@c
@c @item %header_extension
@c Specify the extension of the parser header file generated when
@c @code{%define} or @samp{-d} are used.
@c
@c For example, a garmmar file named @file{foo.ypp} and containing a
@c @code{%header_extension .hh} directive will produce a header file
@c named @file{foo.tab.hh}
@item %verbose
Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
that state.
This file also describes all the conflicts, both those resolved by
operator precedence and the unresolved ones.
The file's name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.@refill
Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
output file is called @file{foo.output}.@refill
@item %token_table
Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
@@ -3343,31 +3317,8 @@ The number of grammar rules,
@item YYNSTATES
The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
@end table
@item %verbose
Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
that state.
This file also describes all the conflicts, both those resolved by
operator precedence and the unresolved ones.
The file's name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.@refill
Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
output file is called @file{foo.output}.@refill
@item %yacc
@itemx %fixed-output-files
Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
@end table
@node Multiple Parsers
@section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
@@ -3409,8 +3360,8 @@ functions that it needs to use.
Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
@samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in additional
C code in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
@menu
* Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
@@ -4854,10 +4805,9 @@ Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the C declarations section of
the parser file is needed to make it accessible to the actions
(@pxref{C Declarations, ,The C Declarations Section}). You must also write the code in @code{yylex}
to obey the flag.
The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
@node Tie-in Recovery
@section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
@@ -4925,23 +4875,14 @@ If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
To enable compilation of trace facilities, you must define the macro
@code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the parser. You
could use @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put
@samp{#define YYDEBUG 1} in the C declarations section of the grammar
file (@pxref{C Declarations, ,The C Declarations Section}).
Alternatively, use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison
(@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) or the @code{%debug} declaration
(@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison Declaration Summary}). We suggest that
you always define @code{YYDEBUG} so that debugging is always possible.
@code{YYDEBUG} when you compile the parser. You could use @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1}
as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue
of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The Prologue}). Alternatively, use the
@samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}).
We always define @code{YYDEBUG} so that debugging is always possible.
The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
@code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
@var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}. In the same
situation, C++ parsers include @code{<cstdio>} and use
@code{std::fprintf} instead.
The trace facility uses @code{stderr}, so you must add
@w{@code{#include <stdio.h>}} to the prologue unless it is already there.
Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
@@ -5020,7 +4961,7 @@ Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
@samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
with @samp{.tab.c}. Thus, the @samp{bison foo.y} filename yields
@file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} filename yields
@file{hack/foo.tab.c}. It's is also possible, in case you are writing
@file{hack/foo.tab.c}. It's is also possible, in case you are writting
C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extention like
the given one as input (repectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and @file{foo.tab.c++}).
@@ -5102,17 +5043,24 @@ you are developing Bison.
@item -t
@itemx --debug
In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
@xref{Debugging, ,Debugging Your Parser}.
Output a definition of the macro @code{YYDEBUG} into the parser file, so
that the debugging facilities are compiled. @xref{Debugging, ,Debugging
Your Parser}.
@item --locations
Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
Pretend that @code{%locactions} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
@item -p @var{prefix}
@itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
@xref{Decl Summary}.
Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
@var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
@code{yylval}, @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}.
For example, if you use @samp{-p c}, the names become @code{cparse},
@code{clex}, and so on.
@xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
@item -l
@itemx --no-lines
@@ -5124,11 +5072,11 @@ parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
@item -n
@itemx --no-parser
Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
Pretend that @code{%no_parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
@item -k
@itemx --token-table
Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
Pretend that @code{%token_table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
@end table
@noindent
@@ -5136,32 +5084,33 @@ Adjust the output:
@table @option
@item -d
@itemx --defines
Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
the grammar and the semantic value type @code{YYSTYPE}, as well as a few
@code{extern} variable declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
@item --defines=@var{defines-file}
Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
The behaviour of @var{--defines} is the same than @samp{-d}. The only
difference is that it has an optionnal argument which is the name of
the output filename.
@item -b @var{file-prefix}
@itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.c}.
@item -v
@itemx --verbose
Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
parser. @xref{Decl Summary}, for more.
@item -o @var{filename}
@itemx --output=@var{filename}
Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file.
@item -o @var{outfile}
@itemx --output-file=@var{outfile}
Specify the name @var{outfile} for the parser file.
The other output files' names are constructed from @var{filename} as
described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
The other output files' names are constructed from @var{outfile}
as described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
@item -g
Output a VCG definition of the LALR(1) grammar automaton computed by
@@ -5218,7 +5167,7 @@ the corresponding short option.
\line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
\line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
\line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
\line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
\line{ --output-file \leaderfill -o}
\line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
\line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
\line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
@@ -5237,7 +5186,7 @@ the corresponding short option.
--name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
--no-lines -l
--no-parser -n
--output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
--output-file=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
--token-table -k
--verbose -v
--version -V
@@ -5411,10 +5360,6 @@ Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
@xref{Decl Summary}.
@item %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
Bison declaration to set tge prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
Summary}.
@c @item %source_extension
@c Bison declaration to specify the generated parser output file extension.
@c @xref{Decl Summary}.
@@ -5427,10 +5372,7 @@ Summary}.
Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
@xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
@item %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
@item %no-lines
@item %no_lines
Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
@@ -5438,15 +5380,11 @@ parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
Bison declaration to assign non-associativity to token(s).
@xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
@item %output="@var{filename}"
Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
Summary}.
@item %prec
Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
@xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
@item %pure-parser
@item %pure_parser
Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
@@ -5461,7 +5399,7 @@ Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Sym
Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
@xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
@item %token-table
@item %token_table
Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
@xref{Decl Summary}.
@@ -5478,13 +5416,13 @@ These are the punctuation and delimiters used in Bison input:
@table @samp
@item %%
Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
Bison declarations section or the additional C code section.
Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
@xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
@item %@{ %@}
All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the ``C declarations''
section of the input file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
Grammar}.
@item /*@dots{}*/
+38 -44
View File
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
% This file can be printed with 1 or 2 columns per page (see below).
% Specify how many you want here. Nothing else needs to be changed
% unless you are maintaining the documentation.
% For printing reference cards to use in books, specify one column
% For printing reference cards to use in books, specify one column
% per page and reduce to 80%.
% Note that if columnsperpage is set to 2, there will be a few overfull
% boxes, but they are not serious. Just uncomment \finalout.
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
%\finalout
% Copyright (c) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
% Copyright (c) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
% This file is part of Bison.
%
@@ -51,11 +51,11 @@
% Which mode to use is controlled by setting \columnsperpage above.
%
% Authors:
% Brendan Kehoe
% Brendan Kehoe
% UUCP: widener!brendan
% Internet: [email protected]
% Internet: [email protected]
%
% Gavin Nicol
% Gavin Nicol
% Internet: [email protected]
%
% This refcard format was created by Steve Gildea.
@@ -66,12 +66,12 @@
% We only change the following to change the version numbers and
% such.
\def\bisonversion{1.31} % the bison version
\def\bisonversion{1.20} % the bison version
\def\refcardversion{0.5} % reference card version
\def\month{November} % month
\def\year{2001} % year
\def\version{\month\ \year, Bison Refcard Version \refcardversion}
\def\refcardversion{0.4a} % reference card version
\def\month{August} % month
\def\year{1998} % year
\def\version{\month\ \year, Bison Refcard Version \refcardversion}
% for copyright notices
\def\small{\smallfont\textfont2=\smallsy\baselineskip=.8\baselineskip}
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
Permission is granted to make and distribute copies of this card
provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
are preserved on all copies.
\vskip .2\baselineskip
For information, write to the:
\vskip .2\baselineskip
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ For information, write to the:
Permission is granted to make and distribute copies of this card
provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
are preserved on all copies.
\vskip .2\baselineskip
For information, write to the:
\vskip .2\baselineskip
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ For information, write to the:
\def\ncolumns{\the\columnsperpage}
\message{[\ncolumns\space
\message{[\ncolumns\space
column\if 1\ncolumns\else s\fi\space per page]}
\def\scaledmag#1{ scaled \magstep #1}
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ For information, write to the:
\def\bye{\par\vfill\supereject
\if a\abc \else\null\vfill\eject\fi
\if a\abc \else\null\vfill\eject\fi
\end}
\end}
\fi
% we won't be using math mode much, so redefine some of the characters
@@ -316,44 +316,41 @@ Options can be used as: \kbd{bison {\it options} {\it filename}}
\section{Command Line Options}
%*****************************
\key{Display usage information.} {-h}
\key{Display version information.} {-V}
\key{Generate token and {\tt YYSTYPE} definitions.} {-d}
\key{Prepend a prefix to external symbols.} {-p {\it prefix}}
\key{Don't put {\tt \#line} directives in the parser.} {-l}
\key{Specify the output file.} {-o {\it filename}}
\key{Debug or {\it trace} mode.} {-t}
\key{Debug or {\it trace} mode.} {-t}
\key{Verbose description of the parser.} {-v}
\key{Emulate {\tt yacc} (generate {\tt y.tab.*} files).} {-y}
\vskip .10truein
{\bf Note:} The token and {\tt YYSTYPE} definitions are generated
to a file called {\tt y.tab.h} if the {\tt -y} option is used,
{\bf Note:} The token and {\tt YYSTYPE} definitions are generated
to a file called {\tt y.tab.h} if the {\tt -y} option is used,
otherwise it will have the format {\tt {\it name}.tab.h}, where
{\it name} is the leading part of the parser definition filename.
\section{Definitions}
%********************
\key{Declare a terminal symbol.}{\%token <{\it t\/}>
\key{Declare a terminal symbol.}{\%token <{\it t\/}>
{\it n}}
\key{Declare a terminal symbol, and define its association.}
\key{Declare a terminal symbol, and define its association.}
{{\it association} <{\it t\/}> {\it n}}
\vskip .2\baselineskip
\key{Generate a reentrant (pure) parser.}
\key{Generate a reentrant (pure) parser.}
{\%pure_parser}
\key{Define the union of all data types used in the parser.}
\key{Define the union of all data types used in the parser.}
{\%union\{{\it field list}\} }
\vskip .2\baselineskip
\key{Tell {\tt bison} where to start parsing.}
{\%start {\it m}}
\key{Tell {\tt bison} where to start parsing.}
{\%start {\it m}}
\key{Tell {\tt bison} the data type of symbols.}
{\%type <{\it t\/}> {\it s1}\dots{\it sn}}
\key{Tell {\tt bison} the data type of symbols.}
{\%type <{\it t\/}> {\it s1}\dots{\it sn}}
\vskip .10truein
@@ -365,8 +362,8 @@ definition, {\it n} is a {\it terminal} symbol name, {\it m} is a
\vskip .10truein
The {\tt <{\it t\/}>} after {\tt \%token, \%left, \%right} and {\tt
\%nonassoc} is optional. Additionally, precedence may be overridden
in the rules with {\tt \%prec} commands.
\%nonassoc} is optional. Additionally, precedence may be overridden with
embedded {\tt \%prec} commands.
\section{Parser Definition Files}
%*********************************
@@ -382,7 +379,7 @@ The general form for a parser definition is:
\%\%
Rule definition 1
Rule definition 1
\vdots
Rule definition {\it n}
@@ -400,9 +397,8 @@ The general form for a parser definition is:
Rules take the form:
\vskip -\baselineskip
\beginexample
non-terminal : {\it statement} 1
non-terminal : {\it statement} 1
| {\it statement} 2
\vdots
| {\it statement n}
@@ -410,12 +406,12 @@ Rules take the form:
\endexample
Where {\it statements} can be either empty, or contain
a mixture of C code (enclosed in {\tt \{...\}}), and the
a mixture of C code (enclosed in {\tt \{...\}}), and the
symbols that make up the non-terminal. For example:
\vskip -\baselineskip
\beginexample
expression : number '$+$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $+$ \$3 \}
expression : number '$+$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $+$ \$3 \}
| number '$-$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $-$ \$3 \}
| number '$/$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $/$ \$3 \}
| number '$*$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $*$ \$3 \}
@@ -432,7 +428,7 @@ For altering the precedence of a symbol use:
For example:
\vskip -\baselineskip
\beginexample
foo : gnu bar gnu \%prec bar
foo : gnu bar gnu \%prec bar
;
\endexample
@@ -442,18 +438,16 @@ For example:
\key{Recognize an error \& continue parsing.}{error}
\key{Access data associated with a symbol.} {\$\$, \$0\dots\${\it n}}
\key{Access a field of the data union.} {\$\$.{\it t},
\$0.{\it t}\dots\${\it n}.{\it t}}
\key{Access symbol's location.} {@\$, @0\dots@{\it n}}
\key{Access data's line location.} {@{\it x}.{\it line\_spec}}
\key{Access data's column location.} {@{\it x}.{\it column\_spec}}
\$0.{\it t}\dots\${\it n}.{\it t}}
\key{Access data's line position.} {@{\it n}.{\it line\_spec}}
\key{Access data's column position.} {@{\it n}.{\it column\_spec}}
\vskip .10truein
%
Where {\it t} is a type defined in the {\tt \%union}, {\it n} is a
number, {\it x} is a number or \$, {\it line\_spec} one of {\tt
first_line} and {\tt last_line}, and {\it column\_spec} is specified
as either {\tt first_column} or {\tt last_column}.
number, {\it line\_spec} one of {\tt first_line} and {\tt last_line},
and {\it column\_spec} is specified as either {\tt first_column} or {\tt
last_column}.
\section {Variables and Types}
%*****************************
-4
View File
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
@set UPDATED 5 January 2002
@set UPDATED-MONTH January 2002
@set EDITION 1.30k
@set VERSION 1.30k
-4
View File
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
2001-09-13 GNU <[email protected]>
* Version 0.10.40 released.
-313
View File
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
top_builddir = ..
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
transform = @program_transform_name@
libdir = @libdir@
includedir = @includedir@
datadir = @datadir@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
aliaspath = $(localedir)
subdir = intl
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
AR = ar
CC = @CC@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
localcharset.c
OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc
DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
# change these values.
LTV_CURRENT=1
LTV_REVISION=1
LTV_AGE=0
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.c.lo:
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
.y.c:
$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
rm -f $*.h
.sin.sed:
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
all-no-no:
libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
rm -f $@
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
$(RANLIB) $@
libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
$(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
$(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
-version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
-rpath $(libdir) \
-no-undefined
libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
charset.alias: config.charset
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
check: all
# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
# only use the library should use install instead.
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
# separate library.
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
else \
if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
orig=charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
fi; \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
&& orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
|| orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
else \
: ; \
fi
install-data: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
rm -f $$dest; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
fi; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
rm -f $$dest; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
fi; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
info dvi:
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
tags: TAGS
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
id: ID
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
mostlyclean:
rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
rm -f -r .libs _libs
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
else \
: ; \
fi
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: Makefile
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
else \
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
fi; \
$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
done
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
-1
View File
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40
-369
View File
@@ -1,369 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
#endif
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
#ifndef offsetof
# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
# ifndef strdup
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
#endif
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep,
const char **codesetp));
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
modified, only the current value is returned.
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
modified nor returned. */
static void
set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
const char *domainname;
const char **dirnamep;
const char **codesetp;
{
struct binding *binding;
int modified;
/* Some sanity checks. */
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
{
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = NULL;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
return;
}
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
modified = 0;
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
{
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It is not in the list. */
binding = NULL;
break;
}
}
if (binding != NULL)
{
if (dirnamep)
{
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
*dirnamep = binding->dirname;
else
{
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
old binding. */
char *result = binding->dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (dirname);
#else
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
}
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
free (binding->dirname);
binding->dirname = result;
modified = 1;
}
}
*dirnamep = result;
}
}
if (codesetp)
{
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
if (codeset == NULL)
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
*codesetp = binding->codeset;
else
{
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
old binding. */
char *result = binding->codeset;
if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (codeset);
#else
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->codeset != NULL)
free (binding->codeset);
binding->codeset = result;
binding->codeset_cntr++;
modified = 1;
}
}
*codesetp = result;
}
}
}
else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
&& (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
{
/* Simply return the default values. */
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
else
{
/* We have to create a new binding. */
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
struct binding *new_binding =
(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
goto failed;
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
if (dirnamep)
{
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The default value. */
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
char *result;
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (dirname);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_dirname;
#else
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_dirname;
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
dirname = result;
}
}
*dirnamep = dirname;
new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
}
else
/* The default value. */
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
if (codesetp)
{
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
if (codeset != NULL)
{
char *result;
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (codeset);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_codeset;
#else
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_codeset;
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
codeset = result;
new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
}
*codesetp = codeset;
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
}
else
new_binding->codeset = NULL;
/* Now enqueue it. */
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
{
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
}
else
{
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
while (binding->next != NULL
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
binding = binding->next;
new_binding->next = binding->next;
binding->next = new_binding;
}
modified = 1;
/* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
if (0)
{
failed_codeset:
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
free (new_binding->dirname);
failed_dirname:
free (new_binding);
failed:
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = NULL;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
}
/* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
if (modified)
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
}
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
char *
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
return (char *) dirname;
}
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
char *
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
return (char *) codeset;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif
-438
View File
@@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
#
# The table consists of lines of the form
# ALIAS CANONICAL
#
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
#
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name used by which systems a MIME name?
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-13 glibc
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
# CP852 dos
# CP855 dos
# CP856 aix
# CP857 dos
# CP861 dos
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 win32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix win32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf win32 dos
# CP950 win32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1129 aix
# CP1250 win32
# CP1251 glibc win32
# CP1252 aix win32
# CP1253 win32
# CP1254 win32
# CP1255 win32
# CP1256 win32
# CP1257 win32
# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc
# GBK aix osf win32 dos
# GB18030 glibc
# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
# JOHAB glibc win32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
# VISCII glibc yes
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
#
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
host="$1"
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
# need to install the alias file at all.
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
;;
aix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
hpux*)
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
;;
irix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
;;
osf*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "cp850 CP850"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
solaris*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
beos*)
# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "#"
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <[email protected]>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <[email protected]>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
echo "ca CP850"
echo "ca_ES CP850"
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "de CP850"
echo "de_AT CP850"
echo "de_CH CP850"
echo "de_DE CP850"
echo "en CP850"
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "en_CA CP850"
echo "en_GB CP850"
echo "en_NZ CP437"
echo "en_US CP437"
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "es CP850"
echo "es_AR CP850"
echo "es_BO CP850"
echo "es_CL CP850"
echo "es_CO CP850"
echo "es_CR CP850"
echo "es_CU CP850"
echo "es_DO CP850"
echo "es_EC CP850"
echo "es_ES CP850"
echo "es_GT CP850"
echo "es_HN CP850"
echo "es_MX CP850"
echo "es_NI CP850"
echo "es_PA CP850"
echo "es_PY CP850"
echo "es_PE CP850"
echo "es_SV CP850"
echo "es_UY CP850"
echo "es_VE CP850"
echo "et CP850"
echo "et_EE CP850"
echo "eu CP850"
echo "eu_ES CP850"
echo "fi CP850"
echo "fi_FI CP850"
echo "fr CP850"
echo "fr_BE CP850"
echo "fr_CA CP850"
echo "fr_CH CP850"
echo "fr_FR CP850"
echo "ga CP850"
echo "ga_IE CP850"
echo "gd CP850"
echo "gd_GB CP850"
echo "gl CP850"
echo "gl_ES CP850"
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "it CP850"
echo "it_CH CP850"
echo "it_IT CP850"
echo "lt CP775"
echo "lt_LT CP775"
echo "lv CP775"
echo "lv_LV CP775"
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nl CP850"
echo "nl_BE CP850"
echo "nl_NL CP850"
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "pt CP850"
echo "pt_BR CP850"
echo "pt_PT CP850"
echo "sv CP850"
echo "sv_SE CP850"
# ISO-8859-2 languages
echo "cs CP852"
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
echo "hr CP852"
echo "hr_HR CP852"
echo "hu CP852"
echo "hu_HU CP852"
echo "pl CP852"
echo "pl_PL CP852"
echo "ro CP852"
echo "ro_RO CP852"
echo "sk CP852"
echo "sk_SK CP852"
echo "sl CP852"
echo "sl_SI CP852"
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
echo "mt_MT CP850"
# ISO-8859-5 languages
echo "be CP866"
echo "be_BE CP866"
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
echo "ar_EG CP864"
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
echo "ar_IR CP864"
echo "ar_JO CP864"
echo "ar_KW CP864"
echo "ar_MA CP864"
echo "ar_OM CP864"
echo "ar_QA CP864"
echo "ar_SA CP864"
echo "ar_SY CP864"
# ISO-8859-7 languages
echo "el CP869"
echo "el_GR CP869"
# ISO-8859-8 languages
echo "he CP862"
echo "he_IL CP862"
# ISO-8859-9 languages
echo "tr CP857"
echo "tr_TR CP857"
# Japanese
echo "ja CP932"
echo "ja_JP CP932"
# Chinese
echo "zh_CN GBK"
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
# Korean
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
# Thai
echo "th CP874"
echo "th_TH CP874"
# Other
echo "eo CP850"
echo "eo_EO CP850"
;;
esac
-58
View File
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
#endif
-1259
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-60
View File
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
#endif
-59
View File
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <locale.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
#else
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
char *
DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
#endif
-61
View File
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <locale.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
char *
DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
#endif
-192
View File
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
char *
_nl_find_language (name)
const char *name;
{
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
&& name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
++name;
return (char *) name;
}
int
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
char *name;
const char **language;
const char **modifier;
const char **territory;
const char **codeset;
const char **normalized_codeset;
const char **special;
const char **sponsor;
const char **revision;
{
enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
char *cp;
int mask;
*modifier = NULL;
*territory = NULL;
*codeset = NULL;
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
*special = NULL;
*sponsor = NULL;
*revision = NULL;
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = 0;
syntax = undecided;
*language = cp = name;
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
if (*language == cp)
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
else if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is the territory. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*territory = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= TERRITORY;
if (cp[0] == '.')
{
/* Next is the codeset. */
syntax = xpg;
cp[0] = '\0';
*codeset = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
{
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
cp - *codeset);
if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
else
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
}
}
}
if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
{
/* Next is the modifier. */
syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
cp[0] = '\0';
*modifier = ++cp;
while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
&& cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
}
if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
{
syntax = cen;
if (cp[0] == '+')
{
/* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*special = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
}
if (cp[0] == ',')
{
/* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*sponsor = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
}
if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*revision = ++cp;
mask |= CEN_REVISION;
}
}
/* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
if (syntax == xpg)
{
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~TERRITORY;
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
}
return mask;
}
-198
View File
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* List of already loaded domains. */
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
established bindings. */
struct loaded_l10nfile *
internal_function
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
const char *dirname;
char *locale;
const char *domainname;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
const char *language;
const char *modifier;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *alias_value;
int mask;
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
and six parts for the CEN syntax:
language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
the following order:
(1) revision
(2) sponsor
(3) special
(4) codeset
(5) normalized codeset
(6) territory
(7) audience/modifier
*/
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
if (retval != NULL)
{
/* We know something about this locale. */
int cnt;
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data != NULL)
return retval;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
done. */
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
if (alias_value != NULL)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
locale = strdup (alias_value);
if (locale == NULL)
return NULL;
#else
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
if (locale == NULL)
return NULL;
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
#endif
}
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
&codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
&sponsor, &revision);
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
generalization. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
if (retval == NULL)
/* This means we are out of core. */
return NULL;
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data == NULL)
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
}
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
if (alias_value != NULL)
free (locale);
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
return retval;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
free_mem (void)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
while (runp != NULL)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
if (runp->data != NULL)
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
runp = runp->next;
free ((char *) here->filename);
free (here);
}
}
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
#endif
-64
View File
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define GETTEXT __gettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
#else
# define GETTEXT gettext__
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
GETTEXT (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
#endif
-102
View File
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
# include <limits.h>
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
when cross-compiling. */
#if __STDC__
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
#else
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
#endif
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
#ifndef UINT_MAX
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
#endif
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
#else
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
# else
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
# else
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
not portable enough. */
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
struct mo_file_header
{
/* The magic number. */
nls_uint32 magic;
/* The revision number of the file format. */
nls_uint32 revision;
/* The number of strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
/* Size of hashing table. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
/* Offset of first hashing entry. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
};
struct string_desc
{
/* Length of addressed string. */
nls_uint32 length;
/* Offset of string in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettext.h */
-252
View File
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
#define _GETTEXTP_H
#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
# include <iconv.h>
# endif
#endif
#include "loadinfo.h"
#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
almost always true or almost always false. */
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
#endif
#ifndef W
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <byteswap.h>
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
#else
static inline nls_uint32
SWAP (i)
nls_uint32 i;
{
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
}
#endif
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
plural form. */
struct expression
{
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
enum operator
{
/* Without arguments: */
var, /* The variable "n". */
num, /* Decimal number. */
/* Unary operators: */
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
/* Binary operators: */
mult, /* Multiplication. */
divide, /* Division. */
module, /* Module operation. */
plus, /* Addition. */
minus, /* Subtraction. */
less_than, /* Comparison. */
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
equal, /* Comparision for equality. */
not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */
land, /* Logical AND. */
lor, /* Logical OR. */
/* Ternary operators: */
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
} operation;
union
{
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
} val;
};
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
the result in a thread-safe way. */
struct parse_args
{
const char *cp;
struct expression *res;
};
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
struct loaded_domain
{
const char *data;
int use_mmap;
size_t mmap_size;
int must_swap;
nls_uint32 nstrings;
struct string_desc *orig_tab;
struct string_desc *trans_tab;
nls_uint32 hash_size;
nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
int codeset_cntr;
#ifdef _LIBC
__gconv_t conv;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
iconv_t conv;
# endif
#endif
char **conv_tab;
struct expression *plural;
unsigned long int nplurals;
};
/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define ZERO 0
#else
# define ZERO 1
#endif
/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
struct binding
{
struct binding *next;
char *dirname;
int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
char *codeset;
char domainname[ZERO];
};
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
become invalid.
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
struct loaded_domain *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding,
const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
internal_function;
#ifdef _LIBC
extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n));
extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#else
extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
internal_function;
extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
#else
extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
internal_function;
extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
#endif
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettextP.h */
-59
View File
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
static inline unsigned long int
hash_string (str_param)
const char *str_param;
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
hval = 0;
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
hval ^= g;
}
}
return hval;
}
-166
View File
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
Library.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "libgnuintl.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
configured --with-included-gettext.
This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
libgnuintl.h of the following form:
# define gettext gettext__
# define dgettext dgettext__
# define dcgettext dcgettext__
# define ngettext ngettext__
# define dngettext dngettext__
# define dcngettext dcngettext__
# define textdomain textdomain__
# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
functions defined in the executable always override functions in
the shared libraries.
B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
(namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
letting other shared libraries override it.
2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
*after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
command line. */
#undef gettext
#undef dgettext
#undef dcgettext
#undef ngettext
#undef dngettext
#undef dcngettext
#undef textdomain
#undef bindtextdomain
#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
char *
gettext (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return gettext__ (msgid);
}
char *
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
}
char *
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
}
char *
ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
char *
dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
char *
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
}
char *
textdomain (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
return textdomain__ (domainname);
}
char *
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
}
char *
bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
}
-405
View File
@@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
# include <argz.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# ifndef stpcpy
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
# endif
#else
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
# endif
#endif
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
static size_t
argz_count__ (argz, len)
const char *argz;
size_t len;
{
size_t count = 0;
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len + 1;
len -= part_len + 1;
count++;
}
return count;
}
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
except the last into the character SEP. */
static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
static void
argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
char *argz;
size_t len;
int sep;
{
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len;
len -= part_len + 1;
if (len > 0)
*argz++ = sep;
}
}
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
const char *entry));
static char *
argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
char *argz;
size_t argz_len;
const char *entry;
{
if (entry)
{
if (entry < argz + argz_len)
entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
}
else
if (argz_len > 0)
return argz;
else
return 0;
}
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
static inline int
pop (x)
int x;
{
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
return x;
}
struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
const char *dirlist;
size_t dirlist_len;
int mask;
const char *language;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *modifier;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *filename;
int do_allocate;
{
char *abs_filename;
struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
char *cp;
size_t entries;
int cnt;
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ strlen (language)
+ ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
if (abs_filename == NULL)
return NULL;
retval = NULL;
last = NULL;
/* Construct file name. */
memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
__argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
*cp++ = '/';
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
}
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
}
if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
}
if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
{
/* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
*cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
}
if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '+';
cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
}
if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
{
*cp++ = ',';
if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
}
}
*cp++ = '/';
stpcpy (cp, filename);
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
available. */
last = NULL;
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
if (retval->filename != NULL)
{
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It's not in the list. */
retval = NULL;
break;
}
last = retval;
}
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
{
free (abs_filename);
return retval;
}
retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
* (1 << pop (mask))
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
if (retval == NULL)
return NULL;
retval->filename = abs_filename;
retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
retval->data = NULL;
if (last == NULL)
{
retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
*l10nfile_list = retval;
}
else
{
retval->next = last->next;
last->next = retval;
}
entries = 0;
/* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
of the inner loop. */
cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
{
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
char *dir = NULL;
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
!= NULL)
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
return retval;
}
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
const char *codeset;
size_t name_len;
{
int len = 0;
int only_digit = 1;
char *retval;
char *wp;
size_t cnt;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
{
++len;
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
only_digit = 0;
}
retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
if (retval != NULL)
{
if (only_digit)
wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
else
wp = retval;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
*wp = '\0';
}
return (const char *) retval;
}
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;
return dest - 1;
}
#endif
-49
View File
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
-128
View File
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
#include <locale.h>
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
#endif
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
#ifdef __DJGPP__
# undef gettext
# define gettext gettext
#endif
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category));
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
#if defined __OPTIMIZED
/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
# define gettext(msgid) \
dgettext (NULL, msgid)
# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif /* Optimizing. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* libintl.h */
-109
View File
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
almost always true or almost always false. */
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
#endif
/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
#else
/* Unix */
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
#endif
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
#define CEN_REVISION 1
#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
#define XPG_CODESET 16
#define TERRITORY 32
#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
struct loaded_l10nfile
{
const char *filename;
int decided;
const void *data;
struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
};
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
size_t name_len));
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset,
const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier, const char *special,
const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
const char *filename, int do_allocate));
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
the caller. */
extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier,
const char **territory,
const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset,
const char **special,
const char **sponsor,
const char **revision));
extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
#endif /* loadinfo.h */
-567
View File
@@ -1,567 +0,0 @@
/* Load needed message catalogs.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <langinfo.h>
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|| (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
# include <sys/mman.h>
# undef HAVE_MMAP
# define HAVE_MMAP 1
#else
# undef HAVE_MMAP
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define open __open
# define close __close
# define read __read
# define mmap __mmap
# define munmap __munmap
#endif
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
#else
# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
#endif
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
#else
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif
/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
/* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
#endif
#ifdef __BEOS__
/* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
# undef O_BINARY
# undef O_TEXT
#endif
/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
#ifndef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
#endif
/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
with all translations. This is important if the translations are
cached by one of GCC's features. */
int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
static const struct expression plvar =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = var,
};
static const struct expression plone =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = num,
.val =
{
.num = 1
}
};
static struct expression germanic_plural =
{
.nargs = 2,
.operation = not_equal,
.val =
{
.args =
{
[0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
[1] = (struct expression *) &plone
}
}
};
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
#else
/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
Initialization at run-time. */
static struct expression plvar;
static struct expression plone;
static struct expression germanic_plural;
static void
init_germanic_plural ()
{
if (plone.val.num == 0)
{
plvar.nargs = 0;
plvar.operation = var;
plone.nargs = 0;
plone.operation = num;
plone.val.num = 1;
germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
}
}
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
#endif
/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
Return the header entry. */
const char *
internal_function
_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
struct loaded_domain *domain;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
/* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
char *nullentry;
size_t nullentrylen;
/* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
domain->codeset_cntr =
(domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
#ifdef _LIBC
domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
# endif
#endif
domain->conv_tab = NULL;
/* Get the header entry. */
nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
if (nullentry != NULL)
{
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
const char *charsetstr;
charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
if (charsetstr != NULL)
{
size_t len;
char *charset;
const char *outcharset;
charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
*((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
# else
memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
charset[len] = '\0';
# endif
/* The output charset should normally be determined by the
locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
this. Moreover, the value specified through
bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
else
{
outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
{
# ifdef _LIBC
outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
# else
# if HAVE_ICONV
extern const char *locale_charset (void);
outcharset = locale_charset ();
# endif
# endif
}
}
# ifdef _LIBC
/* We always want to use transliteration. */
outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
!= __GCONV_OK)
domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
# else
# if HAVE_ICONV
/* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */
# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
len = strlen (outcharset);
{
char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
outcharset = tmp;
}
# endif
domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
freea (outcharset);
# endif
# endif
# endif
freea (charset);
}
#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
}
return nullentry;
}
/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
void
internal_function
_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
struct loaded_domain *domain;
{
if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
free (domain->conv_tab);
#ifdef _LIBC
if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
__gconv_close (domain->conv);
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
iconv_close (domain->conv);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
message catalog do nothing. */
void
internal_function
_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
int fd;
size_t size;
#ifdef _LIBC
struct stat64 st;
#else
struct stat st;
#endif
struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
int use_mmap = 0;
struct loaded_domain *domain;
const char *nullentry;
domain_file->decided = 1;
domain_file->data = NULL;
/* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
/* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
syntax. */
if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
return;
/* Try to open the addressed file. */
fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
if (fd == -1)
return;
/* We must know about the size of the file. */
if (
#ifdef _LIBC
__builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
#else
__builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
#endif
|| __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
|| __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
{
/* Something went wrong. */
close (fd);
return;
}
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
/* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
{
/* mmap() call was successful. */
close (fd);
use_mmap = 1;
}
#endif
/* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
it manually. */
if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
{
size_t to_read;
char *read_ptr;
data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
if (data == NULL)
return;
to_read = size;
read_ptr = (char *) data;
do
{
long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
if (nb <= 0)
{
#ifdef EINTR
if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
continue;
#endif
close (fd);
return;
}
read_ptr += nb;
to_read -= nb;
}
while (to_read > 0);
close (fd);
}
/* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
catalog file. */
if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
0))
{
/* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
else
#endif
free (data);
return;
}
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
if (domain == NULL)
return;
domain_file->data = domain;
domain->data = (char *) data;
domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
domain->mmap_size = size;
domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
/* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
{
case 0:
domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
break;
default:
/* This is an invalid revision. */
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
else
#endif
free (data);
free (domain);
domain_file->data = NULL;
return;
}
/* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
specified character set or the locale's character set. */
nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
/* Also look for a plural specification. */
if (nullentry != NULL)
{
const char *plural;
const char *nplurals;
plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
goto no_plural;
else
{
/* First get the number. */
char *endp;
unsigned long int n;
struct parse_args args;
nplurals += 9;
while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
++nplurals;
#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
#else
for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
#endif
domain->nplurals = n;
if (nplurals == endp)
goto no_plural;
/* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
is passed down to the parser. */
plural += 7;
args.cp = plural;
if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
goto no_plural;
domain->plural = args.res;
}
}
else
{
/* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
no_plural:
INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
domain->nplurals = 2;
}
}
#ifdef _LIBC
void
internal_function
_nl_unload_domain (domain)
struct loaded_domain *domain;
{
if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
__gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
_nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
if (domain->use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
else
# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
free ((void *) domain->data);
free (domain);
}
#endif
-271
View File
@@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <[email protected]>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
# define WIN32
#endif
#ifndef WIN32
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
# include <langinfo.h>
# else
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
# include <locale.h>
# endif
# endif
#else /* WIN32 */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
#endif
#ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
#endif
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
#if __STDC__ != 1
# define volatile /* empty */
#endif
/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
read, else NULL. Its format is:
ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
static const char *
get_charset_aliases ()
{
const char *cp;
cp = charset_aliases;
if (cp == NULL)
{
#ifndef WIN32
FILE *fp;
const char *dir = LIBDIR;
const char *base = "charset.alias";
char *file_name;
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
{
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
if (file_name != NULL)
{
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
if (add_slash)
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
}
}
if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
cp = "";
else
{
/* Parse the file's contents. */
int c;
char buf1[50+1];
char buf2[50+1];
char *res_ptr = NULL;
size_t res_size = 0;
size_t l1, l2;
for (;;)
{
c = getc (fp);
if (c == EOF)
break;
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
continue;
if (c == '#')
{
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
do
c = getc (fp);
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
if (c == EOF)
break;
continue;
}
ungetc (c, fp);
if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
break;
l1 = strlen (buf1);
l2 = strlen (buf2);
if (res_size == 0)
{
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
}
else
{
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
}
if (res_ptr == NULL)
{
/* Out of memory. */
res_size = 0;
break;
}
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
}
fclose (fp);
if (res_size == 0)
cp = "";
else
{
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
cp = res_ptr;
}
}
if (file_name != NULL)
free (file_name);
#else /* WIN32 */
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
#endif
charset_aliases = cp;
}
return cp;
}
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
name. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
const char *
locale_charset ()
{
const char *codeset;
const char *aliases;
#ifndef WIN32
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
# else
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
const char *locale = NULL;
/* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
locale name the user has set. */
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
# endif
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
}
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
through the charset.alias file. */
codeset = locale;
# endif
#else /* WIN32 */
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
/* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
#endif
if (codeset == NULL)
/* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
codeset = "";
/* Resolve alias. */
for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
*aliases != '\0';
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
{
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
break;
}
return codeset;
}
-78
View File
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
# Locale name alias data base.
# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
# All entries are case independent.
# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
# [email protected].
# Packages using this file:
bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
japanese ja_JP.eucJP
japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
korean ko_KR.eucKR
korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
thai th_TH.TIS-620
turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
-404
View File
@@ -1,404 +0,0 @@
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
# ifndef mempcpy
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
# endif
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
#else
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# undef fgets
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# undef feof
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
#endif
struct alias_map
{
const char *alias;
const char *value;
};
static char *string_space;
static size_t string_space_act;
static size_t string_space_max;
static struct alias_map *map;
static size_t nmap;
static size_t maxmap;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
internal_function;
static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2));
const char *
_nl_expand_alias (name)
const char *name;
{
static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
struct alias_map *retval;
const char *result = NULL;
size_t added;
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
#endif
do
{
struct alias_map item;
item.alias = name;
if (nmap > 0)
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
const void *))
) alias_compare);
else
retval = NULL;
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
if (retval != NULL)
{
result = retval->value;
break;
}
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
added = 0;
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
{
const char *start;
while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
start = locale_alias_path;
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
&& locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
if (start < locale_alias_path)
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
}
}
while (added != 0);
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
#endif
return result;
}
static size_t
internal_function
read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
const char *fname;
int fname_len;
{
FILE *fp;
char *full_fname;
size_t added;
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#else
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#endif
fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
freea (full_fname);
if (fp == NULL)
return 0;
added = 0;
while (!feof (fp))
{
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
be that long
*/
char buf[BUFSIZ];
char *alias;
char *value;
char *cp;
if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* EOF reached. */
break;
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
the rest of the line. */
if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
{
char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
do
if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
will exit at the `feof' test. */
break;
while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
}
cp = buf;
/* Ignore leading white space. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
{
alias = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate alias name. */
if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
if (cp[0] != '\0')
{
size_t alias_len;
size_t value_len;
value = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate value. */
if (cp[0] == '\n')
{
/* This has to be done to make the following test
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
*cp++ = '\0';
*cp = '\n';
}
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
if (nmap >= maxmap)
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
return added;
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
{
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
if (new_pool == NULL)
return added;
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
{
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
}
}
string_space = new_pool;
string_space_max = new_size;
}
map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
alias, alias_len);
string_space_act += alias_len;
map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
value, value_len);
string_space_act += value_len;
++nmap;
++added;
}
}
}
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
errors. --drepper */
fclose (fp);
if (added > 0)
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
return added;
}
static int
extend_alias_table ()
{
size_t new_size;
struct alias_map *new_map;
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
if (new_map == NULL)
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
return -1;
map = new_map;
maxmap = new_size;
return 0;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
free_mem (void)
{
if (string_space != NULL)
free (string_space);
if (map != NULL)
free (map);
}
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
#endif
static int
alias_compare (map1, map2)
const struct alias_map *map1;
const struct alias_map *map2;
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
#else
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
return c1 - c2;
#endif
}
-68
View File
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include <locale.h>
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
#endif
-1326
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
-413
View File
@@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
%{
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2000.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
#pragma alloca
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
#else
# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
#endif
#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
%}
%pure_parser
%expect 10
%union {
unsigned long int num;
enum operator op;
struct expression *exp;
}
%{
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
struct expression * const *args));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *right));
static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *left,
struct expression *right));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *bexp,
struct expression *tbranch,
struct expression *fbranch));
static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
/* Allocation of expressions. */
static struct expression *
new_exp (nargs, op, args)
int nargs;
enum operator op;
struct expression * const *args;
{
int i;
struct expression *newp;
/* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
if (args[i] == NULL)
goto fail;
/* Allocate a new expression. */
newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
if (newp != NULL)
{
newp->nargs = nargs;
newp->operation = op;
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
return newp;
}
fail:
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
return NULL;
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_0 (op)
enum operator op;
{
return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_1 (op, right)
enum operator op;
struct expression *right;
{
struct expression *args[1];
args[0] = right;
return new_exp (1, op, args);
}
static struct expression *
new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
enum operator op;
struct expression *left;
struct expression *right;
{
struct expression *args[2];
args[0] = left;
args[1] = right;
return new_exp (2, op, args);
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
enum operator op;
struct expression *bexp;
struct expression *tbranch;
struct expression *fbranch;
{
struct expression *args[3];
args[0] = bexp;
args[1] = tbranch;
args[2] = fbranch;
return new_exp (3, op, args);
}
%}
/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
%right '?' /* ? */
%left '|' /* || */
%left '&' /* && */
%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
%right '!' /* ! */
%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
%token <num> NUMBER
%type <exp> exp
%%
start: exp
{
if ($1 == NULL)
YYABORT;
((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
}
;
exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
}
| exp '|' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
}
| exp '&' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
}
| exp EQUOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp CMPOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp ADDOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp MULOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| '!' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
}
| 'n'
{
$$ = new_exp_0 (var);
}
| NUMBER
{
if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
$$->val.num = $1;
}
| '(' exp ')'
{
$$ = $2;
}
;
%%
void
internal_function
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
struct expression *exp;
{
if (exp == NULL)
return;
/* Handle the recursive case. */
switch (exp->nargs)
{
case 3:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 2:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 1:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
default:
break;
}
free (exp);
}
static int
yylex (lval, pexp)
YYSTYPE *lval;
const char **pexp;
{
const char *exp = *pexp;
int result;
while (1)
{
if (exp[0] == '\0')
{
*pexp = exp;
return YYEOF;
}
if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
break;
++exp;
}
result = *exp++;
switch (result)
{
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
{
unsigned long int n = result - '0';
while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
{
n *= 10;
n += exp[0] - '0';
++exp;
}
lval->num = n;
result = NUMBER;
}
break;
case '=':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = equal;
result = EQUOP2;
}
else
result = YYERRCODE;
break;
case '!':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = not_equal;
result = EQUOP2;
}
break;
case '&':
case '|':
if (exp[0] == result)
++exp;
else
result = YYERRCODE;
break;
case '<':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = less_or_equal;
}
else
lval->op = less_than;
result = CMPOP2;
break;
case '>':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = greater_or_equal;
}
else
lval->op = greater_than;
result = CMPOP2;
break;
case '*':
lval->op = mult;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '/':
lval->op = divide;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '%':
lval->op = module;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '+':
lval->op = plus;
result = ADDOP2;
break;
case '-':
lval->op = minus;
result = ADDOP2;
break;
case 'n':
case '?':
case ':':
case '(':
case ')':
/* Nothing, just return the character. */
break;
case ';':
case '\n':
case '\0':
/* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
--exp;
result = YYEOF;
break;
default:
result = YYERRCODE;
#if YYDEBUG != 0
--exp;
#endif
break;
}
*pexp = exp;
return result;
}
static void
yyerror (str)
const char *str;
{
/* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
}
-31
View File
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <[email protected]>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
ta
:a
s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
tb
s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
:b
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}
-26
View File
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <[email protected]>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}
-142
View File
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Name of the default text domain. */
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
# ifndef strdup
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
#endif
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
char *
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
char *new_domain;
char *old_domain;
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
if (domainname == NULL)
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
{
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
}
else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
/* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
environment variable changed. */
new_domain = old_domain;
else
{
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
are out of core. */
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
new_domain = strdup (domainname);
#else
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
if (new_domain != NULL)
memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
#endif
if (new_domain != NULL)
_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
}
/* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
if (new_domain != NULL)
{
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
free (old_domain);
}
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
return new_domain;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
#endif
+7 -22
View File
@@ -1,27 +1,10 @@
## Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
## (at your option) any later version.
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
## 02111-1307 USA
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ansi2knr
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_srcdir)/src -I../intl
# Heck, we are still using an old version of Automake which does not
# understand LIBOBJ additions using $objext...
@@ -29,10 +12,12 @@ INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c
libbison_a_SOURCES = \
basename.c dirname.h dirname.c \
error.c error.h \
getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c \
hash.h hash.c \
obstack.h obstack.c \
quote.h quote.c quotearg.h quotearg.c \
xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c
xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c
libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@
libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libbison_a_LIBADD)
-416
View File
@@ -1,416 +0,0 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.5c from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOM4TE = @AUTOM4TE@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
GCC = @GCC@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIB = @LIB@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
U = @U@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WARNING_CFLAGS = @WARNING_CFLAGS@
WERROR_CFLAGS = @WERROR_CFLAGS@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ansi2knr
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
# Heck, we are still using an old version of Automake which does not
# understand LIBOBJ additions using $objext...
EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c
libbison_a_SOURCES = \
basename.c dirname.h dirname.c \
getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c \
quote.h quote.c quotearg.h quotearg.c \
xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c
libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libbison_a_LIBADD)
subdir = lib
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
libbison_a_AR = $(AR) cru
am_libbison_a_OBJECTS = basename$U.$(OBJEXT) dirname$U.$(OBJEXT) \
getopt$U.$(OBJEXT) getopt1$U.$(OBJEXT) quote$U.$(OBJEXT) \
quotearg$U.$(OBJEXT) xmalloc$U.$(OBJEXT) xstrdup$U.$(OBJEXT) \
xstrndup$U.$(OBJEXT)
libbison_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libbison_a_OBJECTS)
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir)
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/depcomp
@AMDEP_TRUE@DEP_FILES = $(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po $(DEPDIR)/basename$U.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/dirname$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/error.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/getopt$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/getopt1$U.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/memrchr.Po $(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/quotearg$U.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/strchr.Po $(DEPDIR)/strspn.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/xmalloc$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrdup$U.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/xstrndup$U.Po
COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
DIST_SOURCES = $(libbison_a_SOURCES)
DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c ansi2knr.1 ansi2knr.c \
error.c error.h malloc.c memchr.c memrchr.c obstack.c obstack.h \
realloc.c stpcpy.c strchr.c strspn.c
SOURCES = $(libbison_a_SOURCES)
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu lib/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
AR = ar
clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
-test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
libbison.a: $(libbison_a_OBJECTS) $(libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES)
-rm -f libbison.a
$(libbison_a_AR) libbison.a $(libbison_a_OBJECTS) $(libbison_a_LIBADD)
$(RANLIB) libbison.a
mostlyclean-compile:
-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
distclean-compile:
-rm -f *.tab.c
ANSI2KNR = @ANSI2KNR@
ansi2knr: ansi2knr.$(OBJEXT)
$(LINK) ansi2knr.$(OBJEXT) $(LIBS)
ansi2knr.$(OBJEXT): $(CONFIG_HEADER)
clean-krextra:
-rm -f ansi2knr
mostlyclean-kr:
-test "$U" = "" || rm -f *_.c
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/basename$U.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/dirname$U.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/error.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/getopt$U.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/getopt1$U.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/memrchr.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/quotearg$U.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/strchr.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/strspn.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc$U.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/xstrdup$U.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/xstrndup$U.Po@am__quote@
distclean-depend:
-rm -rf $(DEPDIR)
.c.o:
@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
$(COMPILE) -c `test -f $< || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
.c.obj:
@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
$(COMPILE) -c `cygpath -w $<`
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
alloca_.c: alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > alloca_.c || rm -f alloca_.c
basename_.c: basename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > basename_.c || rm -f basename_.c
dirname_.c: dirname.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > dirname_.c || rm -f dirname_.c
error_.c: error.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > error_.c || rm -f error_.c
getopt_.c: getopt.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt_.c || rm -f getopt_.c
getopt1_.c: getopt1.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt1_.c || rm -f getopt1_.c
malloc_.c: malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > malloc_.c || rm -f malloc_.c
memchr_.c: memchr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memchr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memchr.c; else echo memchr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memchr_.c || rm -f memchr_.c
memrchr_.c: memrchr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memrchr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memrchr.c; else echo memrchr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memrchr_.c || rm -f memrchr_.c
obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c || rm -f obstack_.c
quote_.c: quote.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quote.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quote.c; else echo quote.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > quote_.c || rm -f quote_.c
quotearg_.c: quotearg.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; else echo quotearg.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > quotearg_.c || rm -f quotearg_.c
realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c || rm -f realloc_.c
stpcpy_.c: stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stpcpy_.c || rm -f stpcpy_.c
strchr_.c: strchr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strchr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strchr.c; else echo strchr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strchr_.c || rm -f strchr_.c
strspn_.c: strspn.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strspn.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strspn.c; else echo strspn.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strspn_.c || rm -f strspn_.c
xmalloc_.c: xmalloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xmalloc_.c || rm -f xmalloc_.c
xstrdup_.c: xstrdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrdup_.c || rm -f xstrdup_.c
xstrndup_.c: xstrndup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrndup.c; else echo xstrndup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrndup_.c || rm -f xstrndup_.c
alloca_.$(OBJEXT) basename_.$(OBJEXT) dirname_.$(OBJEXT) \
error_.$(OBJEXT) getopt_.$(OBJEXT) getopt1_.$(OBJEXT) malloc_.$(OBJEXT) \
memchr_.$(OBJEXT) memrchr_.$(OBJEXT) obstack_.$(OBJEXT) \
quote_.$(OBJEXT) quotearg_.$(OBJEXT) realloc_.$(OBJEXT) \
stpcpy_.$(OBJEXT) strchr_.$(OBJEXT) strspn_.$(OBJEXT) \
xmalloc_.$(OBJEXT) xstrdup_.$(OBJEXT) xstrndup_.$(OBJEXT) : $(ANSI2KNR)
uninstall-info-am:
tags: TAGS
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|| etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(ANSI2KNR) $(LIBRARIES)
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-krextra clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-depend \
distclean-generic distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-kr
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
clean-krextra clean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean distclean-compile \
distclean-depend distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
dvi-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-kr tags uninstall uninstall-am \
uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
+66 -66
View File
@@ -22,18 +22,18 @@
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef emacs
# include "blockinput.h"
#include "blockinput.h"
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
@@ -41,41 +41,41 @@
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
#ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
#ifdef emacs
#ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
#endif /* static */
#endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
# else
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
# endif
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
#else
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
#endif
# if __STDC__
#if __STDC__
typedef void *pointer;
# else
#else
typedef char *pointer;
# endif
#endif
# ifndef NULL
# define NULL 0
# endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
@@ -83,14 +83,13 @@ typedef char *pointer;
hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
Callers below should use malloc. */
# ifndef emacs
# undef malloc
# define malloc xmalloc
# endif
#ifndef emacs
#define malloc xmalloc
#endif
extern pointer malloc ();
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
@@ -101,18 +100,18 @@ extern pointer malloc ();
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
#endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
#define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static void
find_stack_direction ()
@@ -136,7 +135,7 @@ find_stack_direction ()
}
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
@@ -145,9 +144,9 @@ find_stack_direction ()
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
#endif
typedef union hdr
{
@@ -169,15 +168,16 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
pointer
alloca (size_t size)
alloca (size)
unsigned size;
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
find_stack_direction ();
# endif
#endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
@@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ alloca (size_t size)
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
#ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
#endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
@@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ alloca (size_t size)
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
#ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
#endif
}
if (size == 0)
@@ -232,15 +232,15 @@ alloca (size_t size)
}
}
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
# define CRAY_STACK
# ifndef CRAY2
#ifndef CRAY_STACK
#define CRAY_STACK
#ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ struct stack_segment_linkage
long sss7;
};
# else /* CRAY2 */
#else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
@@ -345,10 +345,10 @@ struct stk_trailer
long unknown14;
};
# endif /* CRAY2 */
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
#endif /* CRAY2 */
#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
# ifdef CRAY2
#ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ i00afunc (long *address)
return (result);
}
# else /* not CRAY2 */
#else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
@@ -464,9 +464,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
# endif
#endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
@@ -485,9 +485,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
while (pseg != 0)
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
# endif
#endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
@@ -497,8 +497,8 @@ i00afunc (long address)
return (result);
}
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
# endif /* CRAY */
#endif /* not CRAY2 */
#endif /* CRAY */
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
+52 -182
View File
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1989, 2000 Aladdin Enterprises. All rights reserved. */
/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1997, 1998 Aladdin Enterprises. All rights reserved. */
/*$Id$*/
/* Convert ANSI C function definitions to K&R ("traditional C") syntax */
@@ -37,62 +37,27 @@ program under the GPL.
* There are no error messages.
*
* ansi2knr recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword
* identifier at the left margin, followed by a left parenthesis, with a
* right parenthesis as the last character on the line, and with a left
* brace as the first token on the following line (ignoring possible
* intervening comments and/or preprocessor directives), except that a line
* identifier at the left margin, followed by a left parenthesis,
* with a right parenthesis as the last character on the line,
* and with a left brace as the first token on the following line
* (ignoring possible intervening comments), except that a line
* consisting of only
* identifier1(identifier2)
* will not be considered a function definition unless identifier2 is
* the word "void", and a line consisting of
* identifier1(identifier2, <<arbitrary>>)
* will not be considered a function definition.
* ansi2knr will recognize a multi-line header provided that no intervening
* line ends with a left or right brace or a semicolon. These algorithms
* ignore whitespace, comments, and preprocessor directives, except that
* the function name must be the first thing on the line. The following
* constructs will confuse it:
* the word "void". ansi2knr will recognize a multi-line header provided
* that no intervening line ends with a left or right brace or a semicolon.
* These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except that
* the function name must be the first thing on the line.
* The following constructs will confuse it:
* - Any other construct that starts at the left margin and
* follows the above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
* - Some macros that tinker with the syntax of function headers.
* - Some macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
*/
/*
* The original and principal author of ansi2knr is L. Peter Deutsch
* <ghost@aladdin.com>. Other authors are noted in the change history
* that follows (in reverse chronological order):
lpd 2000-04-12 backs out Eggert's changes because of bugs:
- concatlits didn't declare the type of its bufend argument;
- concatlits didn't't recognize when it was inside a comment;
- scanstring could scan backward past the beginning of the string; when
- the check for \ + newline in scanstring was unnecessary.
2000-03-05 Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
Add support for concatenated string literals.
* ansi2knr.c (concatlits): New decl.
(main): Invoke concatlits to concatenate string literals.
(scanstring): Handle backslash-newline correctly. Work with
character constants. Fix bug when scanning backwards through
backslash-quote. Check for unterminated strings.
(convert1): Parse character constants, too.
(appendline, concatlits): New functions.
* ansi2knr.1: Document this.
lpd 1999-08-17 added code to allow preprocessor directives
wherever comments are allowed
lpd 1999-04-12 added minor fixes from Pavel Roskin
<pavel_roskin@geocities.com> for clean compilation with
gcc -W -Wall
lpd 1999-03-22 added hack to recognize lines consisting of
identifier1(identifier2, xxx) as *not* being procedures
lpd 1999-02-03 made indentation of preprocessor commands consistent
lpd 1999-01-28 fixed two bugs: a '/' in an argument list caused an
endless loop; quoted strings within an argument list
confused the parser
lpd 1999-01-24 added a check for write errors on the output,
suggested by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>
lpd 1998-11-09 added further hack to recognize identifier(void)
as being a procedure
lpd 1998-10-23 added hack to recognize lines consisting of
@@ -188,24 +153,19 @@ program under the GPL.
#endif
/* Define NULL (for *very* old compilers). */
#ifndef NULL
# define NULL (0)
#endif
/*
* The ctype macros don't always handle 8-bit characters correctly.
* Compensate for this here.
*/
#ifdef isascii
# undef HAVE_ISASCII /* just in case */
# define HAVE_ISASCII 1
# undef HAVE_ISASCII /* just in case */
# define HAVE_ISASCII 1
#else
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || !HAVE_ISASCII
# define is_ascii(c) 1
# define is_ascii(c) 1
#else
# define is_ascii(c) isascii(c)
# define is_ascii(c) isascii(c)
#endif
#define is_space(c) (is_ascii(c) && isspace(c))
@@ -217,10 +177,7 @@ program under the GPL.
#define isidfirstchar(ch) (is_alpha(ch) || (ch) == '_')
/* Forward references */
char *ppdirforward();
char *ppdirbackward();
char *skipspace();
char *scanstring();
int writeblanks();
int test1();
int convert1();
@@ -233,8 +190,6 @@ main(argc, argv)
{ FILE *in = stdin;
FILE *out = stdout;
char *filename = 0;
char *program_name = argv[0];
char *output_name = 0;
#define bufsize 5000 /* arbitrary size */
char *buf;
char *line;
@@ -250,7 +205,6 @@ main(argc, argv)
* check for this switch for backward compatibility.
*/
int convert_varargs = 1;
int output_error;
while ( argc > 1 && argv[1][0] == '-' ) {
if ( !strcmp(argv[1], "--varargs") ) {
@@ -265,8 +219,7 @@ main(argc, argv)
argv += 2;
continue;
}
fprintf(stderr, "%s: Unrecognized switch: %s\n", program_name,
argv[1]);
fprintf(stderr, "Unrecognized switch: %s\n", argv[1]);
fprintf(stderr, usage);
exit(1);
}
@@ -276,19 +229,16 @@ main(argc, argv)
fprintf(stderr, usage);
exit(0);
case 3:
output_name = argv[2];
out = fopen(output_name, "w");
out = fopen(argv[2], "w");
if ( out == NULL ) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: Cannot open output file %s\n",
program_name, output_name);
fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open output file %s\n", argv[2]);
exit(1);
}
/* falls through */
case 2:
in = fopen(argv[1], "r");
if ( in == NULL ) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: Cannot open input file %s\n",
program_name, argv[1]);
fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open input file %s\n", argv[1]);
exit(1);
}
if ( filename == 0 )
@@ -300,11 +250,6 @@ main(argc, argv)
if ( filename )
fprintf(out, "#line 1 \"%s\"\n", filename);
buf = malloc(bufsize);
if ( buf == NULL )
{
fprintf(stderr, "Unable to allocate read buffer!\n");
exit(1);
}
line = buf;
while ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) != NULL )
{
@@ -321,7 +266,7 @@ f: if ( line >= buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
goto wl;
if ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) == NULL )
goto wl;
switch ( *skipspace(ppdirforward(more), 1) )
switch ( *skipspace(more, 1) )
{
case '{':
/* Definitely a function header. */
@@ -355,91 +300,32 @@ wl: fputs(buf, out);
if ( line != buf )
fputs(buf, out);
free(buf);
if ( output_name ) {
output_error = ferror(out);
output_error |= fclose(out);
} else { /* out == stdout */
fflush(out);
output_error = ferror(out);
}
if ( output_error ) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: error writing to %s\n", program_name,
(output_name ? output_name : "stdout"));
exit(1);
}
if ( out != stdout )
fclose(out);
if ( in != stdin )
fclose(in);
return 0;
}
/*
* Skip forward or backward over one or more preprocessor directives.
*/
char *
ppdirforward(p)
char *p;
{
for (; *p == '#'; ++p) {
for (; *p != '\r' && *p != '\n'; ++p)
if (*p == 0)
return p;
if (*p == '\r' && p[1] == '\n')
++p;
}
return p;
}
char *
ppdirbackward(p, limit)
char *p;
char *limit;
{
char *np = p;
for (;; p = --np) {
if (*np == '\n' && np[-1] == '\r')
--np;
for (; np > limit && np[-1] != '\r' && np[-1] != '\n'; --np)
if (np[-1] == 0)
return np;
if (*np != '#')
return p;
}
}
/*
* Skip over whitespace, comments, and preprocessor directives,
* in either direction.
*/
/* Skip over space and comments, in either direction. */
char *
skipspace(p, dir)
char *p;
int dir; /* 1 for forward, -1 for backward */
{
for ( ; ; ) {
while ( is_space(*p) )
p += dir;
if ( !(*p == '/' && p[dir] == '*') )
break;
p += dir; p += dir;
while ( !(*p == '*' && p[dir] == '/') ) {
if ( *p == 0 )
return p; /* multi-line comment?? */
p += dir;
}
p += dir; p += dir;
}
return p;
}
/* Scan over a quoted string, in either direction. */
char *
scanstring(p, dir)
char *p;
int dir;
{
for (p += dir; ; p += dir)
if (*p == '"' && p[-dir] != '\\')
return p + dir;
register char *p;
register int dir; /* 1 for forward, -1 for backward */
{ for ( ; ; )
{ while ( is_space(*p) )
p += dir;
if ( !(*p == '/' && p[dir] == '*') )
break;
p += dir; p += dir;
while ( !(*p == '*' && p[dir] == '/') )
{ if ( *p == 0 )
return p; /* multi-line comment?? */
p += dir;
}
p += dir; p += dir;
}
return p;
}
/*
@@ -473,14 +359,14 @@ writeblanks(start, end)
int
test1(buf)
char *buf;
{ char *p = buf;
{ register char *p = buf;
char *bend;
char *endfn;
int contin;
if ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
return 0; /* no name at left margin */
bend = skipspace(ppdirbackward(buf + strlen(buf) - 1, buf), -1);
bend = skipspace(buf + strlen(buf) - 1, -1);
switch ( *bend )
{
case ';': contin = 0 /*2*/; break;
@@ -510,7 +396,7 @@ test1(buf)
};
char **key = words;
char *kp;
unsigned len = endfn - buf;
int len = endfn - buf;
while ( (kp = *key) != 0 )
{ if ( strlen(kp) == len && !strncmp(kp, buf, len) )
@@ -523,16 +409,14 @@ test1(buf)
int len;
/*
* Check for identifier1(identifier2) and not
* identifier1(void), or identifier1(identifier2, xxxx).
* identifier1(void).
*/
while ( isidchar(*p) )
p++;
len = p - id;
p = skipspace(p, 1);
if (*p == ',' ||
(*p == ')' && (len != 4 || strncmp(id, "void", 4)))
)
if ( *p == ')' && (len != 4 || strncmp(id, "void", 4)) )
return 0; /* not a function */
}
/*
@@ -559,7 +443,7 @@ convert1(buf, out, header, convert_varargs)
int header; /* Boolean */
int convert_varargs; /* Boolean */
{ char *endfn;
char *p;
register char *p;
/*
* The breaks table contains pointers to the beginning and end
* of each argument.
@@ -577,7 +461,7 @@ convert1(buf, out, header, convert_varargs)
;
top: p = endfn;
breaks = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * num_breaks * 2);
if ( breaks == NULL )
if ( breaks == 0 )
{ /* Couldn't allocate break table, give up */
fprintf(stderr, "Unable to allocate break table!\n");
fputs(buf, out);
@@ -589,7 +473,7 @@ top: p = endfn;
do
{ int level = 0;
char *lp = NULL;
char *rp = NULL;
char *rp;
char *end = NULL;
if ( bp >= btop )
@@ -616,18 +500,14 @@ top: p = endfn;
else rp = p;
break;
case '/':
if (p[1] == '*')
p = skipspace(p, 1) - 1;
p = skipspace(p, 1) - 1;
break;
case '"':
p = scanstring(p, 1) - 1;
break;
default:
;
}
}
/* Erase any embedded prototype parameters. */
if ( lp && rp )
if ( lp )
writeblanks(lp + 1, rp);
p--; /* back up over terminator */
/* Find the name being declared. */
@@ -643,19 +523,9 @@ top: p = endfn;
while ( level )
switch ( *--p )
{
case ']': case ')':
level++;
break;
case '[': case '(':
level--;
break;
case '/':
if (p > buf && p[-1] == '*')
p = skipspace(p, -1) + 1;
break;
case '"':
p = scanstring(p, -1) + 1;
break;
case ']': case ')': level++; break;
case '[': case '(': level--; break;
case '/': p = skipspace(p, -1) + 1; break;
default: ;
}
}
-71
View File
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <assert.h>
#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
#endif
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
#endif
char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));
/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'. */
char *
base_name (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
int all_slashes = 1;
char const *p;
for (p = name; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
base = p + 1;
else
all_slashes = 0;
}
/* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'. */
if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
--base;
/* Make sure the last byte is not a slash. */
assert (all_slashes || !ISSLASH (*(p - 1)));
return (char *) base;
}
-189
View File
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *malloc ();
#endif
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
# ifndef strrchr
# define strrchr rindex
# endif
#endif
#include <assert.h>
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
void *memrchr ();
#endif
#include "dirname.h"
#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
#endif
#ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
#endif
#define BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR ISSLASH ('\\')
/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)' and set *RESULT to point
to PATH or to `"."', as appropriate. Works properly even if
there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).
WARNING: This function doesn't work for cwd-relative names like
`a:foo' that are specified with a drive-letter prefix. That case
is handled in the caller. */
static size_t
dir_name_r (char const *path, char const **result)
{
char const *slash;
size_t length; /* Length of result, not including NUL. */
slash = strrchr (path, '/');
if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
{
char const *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
if (b && slash < b)
slash = b;
}
/* If the last byte of PATH is a slash, decrement SLASH until it's
pointing at the leftmost in a sequence of trailing slashes. */
if (slash && slash[1] == 0)
{
while (path < slash && ISSLASH (slash[-1]))
{
--slash;
}
if (path < slash)
{
size_t len = slash - path;
slash = memrchr (path, '/', len);
if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
{
char const *b = memrchr (path, '\\', len);
if (b && slash < b)
slash = b;
}
}
}
if (slash == 0)
{
/* File is in the current directory. */
length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
if (length == 0)
{
path = ".";
length = 1;
}
}
else
{
/* Remove any trailing slashes from the result. If we have a
canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/". */
char const *lim = path + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
while (lim < slash && ISSLASH (*slash))
--slash;
length = slash - path + 1;
}
*result = path;
return length;
}
/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
allocated with malloc. If out of memory, return 0.
Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
(by effectively ignoring them). */
char *
dir_name (char const *path)
{
char const *result;
size_t length = dir_name_r (path, &result);
int append_dot = (length && length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (newpath));
char *newpath = (char *) malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
if (newpath == 0)
return 0;
strncpy (newpath, result, length);
/* If PATH is "d:foo", return "d:.", the CWD on drive d: */
if (append_dot)
newpath[length++] = '.';
newpath[length] = 0;
return newpath;
}
#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
/*
Run the test like this (expect no output):
gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall memrchr.c dirname.c
sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
BEGIN-DATA
foo//// .
bar/foo//// bar
foo/ .
/ /
. .
a .
END-DATA
*/
# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
# include <stdio.h>
# include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
{
char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
char const *result;
sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
result = dir_name (path);
if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
}
exit (0);
}
#endif
-31
View File
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
# ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
# endif
char *
dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
+74 -198
View File
@@ -1,22 +1,23 @@
/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
02111-1307 USA. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>. */
@@ -28,10 +29,6 @@
#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
# include <libintl.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <wchar.h>
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
#endif
#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
# if __STDC__
@@ -55,6 +52,13 @@ void exit ();
#include "error.h"
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
char *strerror_r ();
#endif
#ifndef _
# define _(String) String
#endif
@@ -79,12 +83,6 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
Instead make it a weak alias. */
extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
# define error __error
# define error_at_line __error_at_line
@@ -95,30 +93,21 @@ extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
#else /* not _LIBC */
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
char *strerror_r ();
# endif
/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
name of the executing program. */
extern char *program_name;
# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
# ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R
# define __strerror_r strerror_r
# else
# if HAVE_STRERROR
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
# ifndef strerror /* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
char *strerror ();
# endif
# else
static char *
private_strerror (int errnum)
private_strerror (errnum)
int errnum;
{
extern char *sys_errlist[];
extern int sys_nerr;
@@ -129,118 +118,15 @@ private_strerror (int errnum)
}
# define strerror private_strerror
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R */
#endif /* not _LIBC */
static void
print_errno_message (int errnum)
{
char const *s;
#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
char errbuf[1024];
# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
# else
if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
s = errbuf;
else
s = 0;
# endif
#else
s = strerror (errnum);
#endif
#if !_LIBC
if (! s)
s = _("Unknown system error");
#endif
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
__fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
return;
}
#endif
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
}
#ifdef VA_START
static void
error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
{
# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
mbstate_t st;
size_t res;
const char *tmp;
do
{
if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
wmessage = NULL;
wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (wmessage == NULL)
{
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
return;
}
}
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
tmp =message;
}
while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
if (res == (size_t) -1)
/* The string cannot be converted. */
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
__vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
}
else
# endif
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
# else
_doprnt (message, args, stderr);
# endif
va_end (args);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
putwc (L'\n', stderr);
else
# endif
putc ('\n', stderr);
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
}
#endif
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
format string with optional args.
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
/* VARARGS */
void
#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
@@ -256,48 +142,47 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
va_list args;
#endif
fflush (stdout);
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
# else
__flockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
else
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
fflush (stdout);
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
}
#ifdef VA_START
VA_START (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
# else
_doprnt (message, args, stderr);
# endif
va_end (args);
#else
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
#endif
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
{
#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
char errbuf[1024];
# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
# else
/* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
(at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'. */
__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
# endif
#else
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
#endif
}
putc ('\n', stderr);
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# else
__funlockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
@@ -327,9 +212,8 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
static const char *old_file_name;
static unsigned int old_line_number;
if (old_line_number == line_number
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|| strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
if (old_line_number == line_number &&
(file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name)))
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
return;
@@ -337,58 +221,50 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
old_line_number = line_number;
}
fflush (stdout);
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
# else
__flockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
else
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
fflush (stdout);
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
}
if (file_name != NULL)
{
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
else
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
}
fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
#ifdef VA_START
VA_START (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
# else
_doprnt (message, args, stderr);
# endif
va_end (args);
#else
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
#endif
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
{
#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
char errbuf[1024];
# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
# else
/* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
(at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'. */
__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
# endif
#else
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
#endif
}
putc ('\n', stderr);
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# else
__funlockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
}
#ifdef _LIBC
+1 -1
View File
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+40 -59
View File
@@ -1,25 +1,23 @@
/* Getopt for GNU.
NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
"Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
before changing it!
Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
02111-1307 USA. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */
@@ -29,13 +27,13 @@
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
#else
# if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
reject `defined (const)'. */
# ifndef const
# define const
# ifndef const
# define const
# endif
# endif
#endif
@@ -77,12 +75,11 @@
#endif
#ifndef _
/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. */
# if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */
# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
# include <libintl.h>
# ifndef _
# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
# endif
# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
# else
# define _(msgid) (msgid)
# endif
@@ -253,13 +250,11 @@ static int last_nonopt;
/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */
#ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
/* Defined in getopt_init.c */
extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
static int nonoption_flags_len;
#endif
static int original_argc;
static char *const *original_argv;
@@ -280,17 +275,13 @@ store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
# endif /* text_set_element */
# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \
{ \
char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \
__getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \
__getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \
}
# else
# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
# endif
#else /* !_LIBC */
# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
#endif /* _LIBC */
@@ -322,7 +313,7 @@ exchange (argv)
It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
#ifdef _LIBC
/* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range
of the string. */
@@ -426,7 +417,7 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
else
ordering = PERMUTE;
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
#ifdef _LIBC
if (posixly_correct == NULL
&& argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
{
@@ -524,13 +515,6 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
int *longind;
int long_only;
{
int print_errors = opterr;
if (optstring[0] == ':')
print_errors = 0;
if (argc < 1)
return -1;
optarg = NULL;
if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
@@ -545,7 +529,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information
is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
#ifdef _LIBC
# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \
|| (optind < nonoption_flags_len \
&& __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
@@ -680,17 +664,14 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
pfound = p;
indfound = option_index;
}
else if (long_only
|| pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
|| pfound->flag != p->flag
|| pfound->val != p->val)
else
/* Second or later nonexact match found. */
ambig = 1;
}
if (ambig && !exact)
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
argv[0], argv[optind]);
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -711,7 +692,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
optarg = nameend + 1;
else
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
{
if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
/* --option */
@@ -737,7 +718,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
optarg = argv[optind++];
else
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
fprintf (stderr,
_("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -764,7 +745,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
|| my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
{
if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
/* --option */
@@ -794,7 +775,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
{
if (posixly_correct)
/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
@@ -828,7 +809,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
}
else if (optind == argc)
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
{
/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
@@ -877,7 +858,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
}
if (ambig && !exact)
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
argv[0], argv[optind]);
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -895,7 +876,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
optarg = nameend + 1;
else
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
fprintf (stderr, _("\
%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
argv[0], pfound->name);
@@ -910,7 +891,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
optarg = argv[optind++];
else
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
fprintf (stderr,
_("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -957,12 +938,12 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
}
else if (optind == argc)
{
if (print_errors)
if (opterr)
{
/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
fprintf (stderr,
_("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
argv[0], c);
_("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
argv[0], c);
}
optopt = c;
if (optstring[0] == ':')
+16 -27
View File
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
02111-1307 USA. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_H
@@ -23,17 +23,6 @@
# define _GETOPT_H 1
#endif
/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
# include <ctype.h>
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
@@ -93,7 +82,7 @@ extern int optopt;
struct option
{
# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
const char *name;
# else
char *name;
@@ -137,7 +126,7 @@ struct option
arguments to the option '\0'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
`getopt'. */
#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
+16 -16
View File
@@ -1,29 +1,26 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
02111-1307 USA. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include "getopt.h"
#else
#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
reject `defined (const)'. */
@@ -31,6 +28,9 @@
#define const
#endif
#endif
#endif
#include "getopt.h"
#include <stdio.h>
+293
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
/* hash.c -- hash table maintenance
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Greg McGary <gkm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "hash.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "system.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
static void hash_rehash __P((struct hash_table* ht));
static unsigned long round_up_2 __P((unsigned long rough));
/* Implement double hashing with open addressing. The table size is
always a power of two. The secondary (`increment') hash function
is forced to return an odd-value, in order to be relatively prime
to the table size. This guarantees that the increment can
potentially hit every slot in the table during collision
resolution. */
void *hash_deleted_item = &hash_deleted_item;
/* Force the table size to be a power of two, possibly rounding up the
given size. */
void
hash_init (struct hash_table* ht, unsigned long size,
hash_func_t hash_1, hash_func_t hash_2, hash_cmp_func_t hash_cmp)
{
ht->ht_size = round_up_2 (size);
if (ht->ht_size > (128 * 1024)) /* prevent size from getting out of hand */
ht->ht_size /= 2;
ht->ht_vec = (void**) XCALLOC (struct token *, ht->ht_size);
if (ht->ht_vec == 0)
error (1, 0, _("can't allocate %ld bytes for hash table: memory exhausted"),
ht->ht_size * sizeof(struct token *));
ht->ht_capacity = ht->ht_size * 15 / 16; /* 93.75% loading factor */
ht->ht_fill = 0;
ht->ht_collisions = 0;
ht->ht_lookups = 0;
ht->ht_rehashes = 0;
ht->ht_hash_1 = hash_1;
ht->ht_hash_2 = hash_2;
ht->ht_compare = hash_cmp;
}
/* Load an array of items into `ht'. */
void
hash_load (struct hash_table* ht, void *item_table, unsigned long cardinality, unsigned long size)
{
char *items = (char *) item_table;
while (cardinality--)
{
hash_insert (ht, items);
items += size;
}
}
/* Returns the address of the table slot matching `key'. If `key' is
not found, return the address of an empty slot suitable for
inserting `key'. The caller is responsible for incrementing
ht_fill on insertion. */
void **
hash_find_slot (struct hash_table* ht, void const *key)
{
void **slot;
void **deleted_slot = 0;
unsigned int hash_2 = 0;
unsigned int hash_1 = (*ht->ht_hash_1) (key);
ht->ht_lookups++;
for (;;)
{
hash_1 %= ht->ht_size;
slot = &ht->ht_vec[hash_1];
if (*slot == 0)
return slot;
if (*slot == hash_deleted_item)
{
if (deleted_slot == 0)
deleted_slot = slot;
}
else
{
if (key == *slot)
return slot;
if ((*ht->ht_compare) (key, *slot) == 0)
return slot;
ht->ht_collisions++;
}
if (!hash_2)
hash_2 = (*ht->ht_hash_2) (key) | 1;
hash_1 += hash_2;
}
}
void *
hash_find_item (struct hash_table* ht, void const *key)
{
void **slot = hash_find_slot (ht, key);
return ((HASH_VACANT (*slot)) ? 0 : *slot);
}
void *
hash_insert (struct hash_table* ht, void *item)
{
void **slot = hash_find_slot (ht, item);
return hash_insert_at (ht, item, slot);
}
void *
hash_insert_at (struct hash_table* ht, void *item, void const *slot)
{
void *old_item = *(void **) slot;
if (HASH_VACANT (old_item))
{
ht->ht_fill++;
old_item = item;
}
*(void const **) slot = item;
if (ht->ht_fill >= ht->ht_capacity)
hash_rehash (ht);
return old_item;
}
void *
hash_delete (struct hash_table* ht, void const *item)
{
void **slot = hash_find_slot (ht, item);
return hash_delete_at (ht, slot);
}
void *
hash_delete_at (struct hash_table* ht, void const *slot)
{
void *item = *(void **) slot;
if (!HASH_VACANT (item))
{
*(void const **) slot = hash_deleted_item;
ht->ht_fill--;
return item;
}
else
return 0;
}
void
hash_free_items (struct hash_table* ht)
{
void **vec = ht->ht_vec;
void **end = &vec[ht->ht_size];
for (; vec < end; vec++)
{
void *item = *vec;
if (!HASH_VACANT (item))
free (item);
*vec = 0;
}
ht->ht_fill = 0;
}
void
hash_delete_items (struct hash_table* ht)
{
void **vec = ht->ht_vec;
void **end = &vec[ht->ht_size];
for (; vec < end; vec++)
*vec = 0;
ht->ht_fill = 0;
ht->ht_collisions = 0;
ht->ht_lookups = 0;
ht->ht_rehashes = 0;
}
void
hash_free (struct hash_table* ht, int free_items)
{
if (free_items)
hash_free_items (ht);
free (ht->ht_vec);
ht->ht_vec = 0;
ht->ht_fill = 0;
ht->ht_capacity = 0;
}
void
hash_map (struct hash_table *ht, hash_map_func_t map)
{
void **slot;
void **end = &ht->ht_vec[ht->ht_size];
for (slot = ht->ht_vec; slot < end; slot++)
{
if (!HASH_VACANT (*slot))
(*map) (*slot);
}
}
/* Double the size of the hash table in the event of overflow... */
static void
hash_rehash (struct hash_table* ht)
{
unsigned long old_ht_size = ht->ht_size;
void **old_vec = ht->ht_vec;
void **ovp;
void **slot;
ht->ht_size *= 2;
ht->ht_rehashes++;
ht->ht_capacity = ht->ht_size - (ht->ht_size >> 4);
ht->ht_vec = (void **) XCALLOC (struct token *, ht->ht_size);
for (ovp = old_vec; ovp < &old_vec[old_ht_size]; ovp++)
{
if (*ovp == 0)
continue;
slot = hash_find_slot (ht, *ovp);
*slot = *ovp;
}
free (old_vec);
}
void
hash_print_stats (struct hash_table *ht, FILE *out_FILE)
{
fprintf (out_FILE, _("Load=%ld/%ld=%.0f%%, "), ht->ht_fill, ht->ht_size,
100.0 * (double) ht->ht_fill / (double) ht->ht_size);
fprintf (out_FILE, _("Rehash=%d, "), ht->ht_rehashes);
fprintf (out_FILE, _("Collisions=%ld/%ld=%.0f%%"), ht->ht_collisions, ht->ht_lookups,
(ht->ht_lookups
? (100.0 * (double) ht->ht_collisions / (double) ht->ht_lookups)
: 0));
}
/* Dump all items into a NULL-terminated vector. Use the
user-supplied vector, or malloc one. */
void**
hash_dump (struct hash_table *ht, void **vector_0, qsort_cmp_t compare)
{
void **vector;
void **slot;
void **end = &ht->ht_vec[ht->ht_size];
if (vector_0 == 0)
vector_0 = XMALLOC (void *, ht->ht_fill + 1);
vector = vector_0;
for (slot = ht->ht_vec; slot < end; slot++)
if (!HASH_VACANT (*slot))
*vector++ = *slot;
*vector = 0;
if (compare)
qsort (vector_0, ht->ht_fill, sizeof (void *), compare);
return vector_0;
}
/* Round a given number up to the nearest power of 2. */
static unsigned long
round_up_2 (unsigned long rough)
{
int round;
round = 1;
while (rough)
{
round <<= 1;
rough >>= 1;
}
return round;
}
+144
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
/* hash.h -- decls for hash table
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Greg McGary <gkm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef _hash_h_
#define _hash_h_
#include <stdio.h>
typedef unsigned long (*hash_func_t) __P((void const *key));
typedef int (*hash_cmp_func_t) __P((void const *x, void const *y));
typedef void (*hash_map_func_t) __P((void const *item));
struct hash_table
{
void **ht_vec;
unsigned long ht_size; /* total number of slots (power of 2) */
unsigned long ht_capacity; /* usable slots, limited by loading-factor */
unsigned long ht_fill; /* items in table */
unsigned long ht_collisions; /* # of failed calls to comparison function */
unsigned long ht_lookups; /* # of queries */
unsigned int ht_rehashes; /* # of times we've expanded table */
hash_func_t ht_hash_1; /* primary hash function */
hash_func_t ht_hash_2; /* secondary hash function */
hash_cmp_func_t ht_compare; /* comparison function */
};
typedef int (*qsort_cmp_t) __P((void const *, void const *));
void hash_init __P((struct hash_table *ht, unsigned long size,
hash_func_t hash_1, hash_func_t hash_2, hash_cmp_func_t hash_cmp));
void hash_load __P((struct hash_table *ht, void *item_table,
unsigned long cardinality, unsigned long size));
void **hash_find_slot __P((struct hash_table *ht, void const *key));
void *hash_find_item __P((struct hash_table *ht, void const *key));
void *hash_insert __P((struct hash_table *ht, void *item));
void *hash_insert_at __P((struct hash_table *ht, void *item, void const *slot));
void *hash_delete __P((struct hash_table *ht, void const *item));
void *hash_delete_at __P((struct hash_table *ht, void const *slot));
void hash_delete_items __P((struct hash_table *ht));
void hash_free_items __P((struct hash_table *ht));
void hash_free __P((struct hash_table *ht, int free_items));
void hash_map __P((struct hash_table *ht, hash_map_func_t map));
void hash_print_stats __P((struct hash_table *ht, FILE *out_FILE));
void **hash_dump __P((struct hash_table *ht, void **vector_0, qsort_cmp_t compare));
extern void *hash_deleted_item;
#define HASH_VACANT(item) ((item) == 0 || (void *) (item) == hash_deleted_item)
/* hash and comparison macros for string keys. */
#define STRING_HASH_1(_key_, _result_) { \
unsigned char const *kk = (unsigned char const *) (_key_) - 1; \
while (*++kk) \
(_result_) += (*kk << (kk[1] & 0xf)); \
} while (0)
#define return_STRING_HASH_1(_key_) do { \
unsigned long result = 0; \
STRING_HASH_1 ((_key_), result); \
return result; \
} while (0)
#define STRING_HASH_2(_key_, _result_) do { \
unsigned char const *kk = (unsigned char const *) (_key_) - 1; \
while (*++kk) \
(_result_) += (*kk << (kk[1] & 0x7)); \
} while (0)
#define return_STRING_HASH_2(_key_) do { \
unsigned long result = 0; \
STRING_HASH_2 ((_key_), result); \
return result; \
} while (0)
#define STRING_COMPARE(_x_, _y_, _result_) do { \
unsigned char const *xx = (unsigned char const *) (_x_) - 1; \
unsigned char const *yy = (unsigned char const *) (_y_) - 1; \
do { \
if (*++xx == '\0') { \
yy++; \
break; \
} \
} while (*xx == *++yy); \
(_result_) = *xx - *yy; \
} while (0)
#define return_STRING_COMPARE(_x_, _y_) do { \
int result; \
STRING_COMPARE (_x_, _y_, result); \
return result; \
} while (0)
/* hash and comparison macros for integer keys. */
#define INTEGER_HASH_1(_key_, _result_) do { \
(_result_) += ((unsigned long)(_key_)); \
} while (0)
#define return_INTEGER_HASH_1(_key_) do { \
unsigned long result = 0; \
INTEGER_HASH_1 ((_key_), result); \
return result; \
} while (0)
#define INTEGER_HASH_2(_key_, _result_) do { \
(_result_) += ~((unsigned long)(_key_)); \
} while (0)
#define return_INTEGER_HASH_2(_key_) do { \
unsigned long result = 0; \
INTEGER_HASH_2 ((_key_), result); \
return result; \
} while (0)
#define INTEGER_COMPARE(_x_, _y_, _result_) do { \
(_result_) = _x_ - _y_; \
} while (0)
#define return_INTEGER_COMPARE(_x_, _y_) do { \
int result; \
INTEGER_COMPARE (_x_, _y_, result); \
return result; \
} while (0)
/* hash and comparison macros for address keys. */
#define ADDRESS_HASH_1(_key_, _result_) INTEGER_HASH_1 (((unsigned long)(_key_)) >> 3, (_result_))
#define ADDRESS_HASH_2(_key_, _result_) INTEGER_HASH_2 (((unsigned long)(_key_)) >> 3, (_result_))
#define ADDRESS_COMPARE(_x_, _y_, _result_) INTEGER_COMPARE ((_x_), (_y_), (_result_))
#define return_ADDRESS_HASH_1(_key_) return_INTEGER_HASH_1 (((unsigned long)(_key_)) >> 3)
#define return_ADDRESS_HASH_2(_key_) return_INTEGER_HASH_2 (((unsigned long)(_key_)) >> 3)
#define return_ADDRESS_COMPARE(_x_, _y_) return_INTEGER_COMPARE ((_x_), (_y_))
#endif /* not _hash_h_ */
-209
View File
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 96, 97, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#undef __ptr_t
#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
# define __ptr_t void *
#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C. */
# define __ptr_t char *
#endif /* C++ or ANSI C. */
#if defined (_LIBC)
# include <string.h>
# include <memcopy.h>
#else
# define reg_char char
#endif
#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
#ifndef LONG_MAX
# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#undef __memrchr
#undef memrchr
#ifndef weak_alias
# define __memrchr memrchr
#endif
/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C. */
__ptr_t
__memrchr (s, c_in, n)
const __ptr_t s;
int c_in;
size_t n;
{
const unsigned char *char_ptr;
const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
unsigned reg_char c;
c = (unsigned char) c_in;
/* Handle the last few characters by reading one character at a time.
Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
& (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
--n)
if (*--char_ptr == c)
return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
/* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords. */
longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
/* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero. Call these bits
the "holes." Note that there is a hole just to the left of
each byte, with an extra at the end:
bits: 01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into. */
if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
abort ();
#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
#else
magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
#endif
/* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C. */
charmask = c | (c << 8);
charmask |= charmask << 16;
#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
charmask |= charmask << 32;
#endif
/* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
we will test a longword at a time. The tricky part is testing
if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero. */
while (n >= sizeof (longword))
{
/* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
1) Is this safe? Will it catch all the zero bytes?
Suppose there is a byte with all zeros. Any carry bits
propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
least significant bit and stop. Since there will be no
carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
detected.
2) Is this worthwhile? Will it ignore everything except
zero bytes? Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
somewhere. There will be a carry into bit 8. If bit 8
is set, this will carry into bit 16. If bit 8 is clear,
one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
into bit 16. Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
24. If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
changed. If we had access to the processor carry flag,
we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
at bit 32!
So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
properly.
3) But wait! Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
Good point. So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
each of whose bytes is C. This turns each byte that is C
into a zero. */
longword = *--longword_ptr ^ charmask;
/* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD. */
if ((((longword + magic_bits)
/* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition. */
^ ~longword)
/* Look at only the hole bits. If any of the hole bits
are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
zero. */
& ~magic_bits) != 0)
{
/* Which of the bytes was C? If none of them were, it was
a misfire; continue the search. */
const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
if (cp[7] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
if (cp[6] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
if (cp[5] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
if (cp[4] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
#endif
if (cp[3] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
if (cp[2] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
if (cp[1] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
if (cp[0] == c)
return (__ptr_t) cp;
}
n -= sizeof (longword);
}
char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
while (n-- > 0)
{
if (*--char_ptr == c)
return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
#endif
+75 -94
View File
@@ -1,25 +1,26 @@
/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,99,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
02111-1307 USA. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include "obstack.h"
@@ -39,43 +40,40 @@
files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
#include <stdio.h> /* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
# include <gnu-versions.h>
# if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
# define ELIDE_CODE
# endif
#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
#include <gnu-versions.h>
#if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
#define ELIDE_CODE
#endif
#endif
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define POINTER void *
# else
# define POINTER char *
# endif
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
#define POINTER void *
#else
#define POINTER char *
#endif
/* Determine default alignment. */
struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
# define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT \
#define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT \
((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
DEFAULT_ROUNDING. So we prepare for it to do that. */
union fooround {long x; double d;};
# define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround))
#define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround))
/* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with.
On some machines, copying successive ints does not work;
in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to `long' (if that works)
or `char' as a last resort. */
# ifndef COPYING_UNIT
# define COPYING_UNIT int
# endif
#ifndef COPYING_UNIT
#define COPYING_UNIT int
#endif
/* The functions allocating more room by calling `obstack_chunk_alloc'
@@ -84,21 +82,21 @@ union fooround {long x; double d;};
abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return. This
variable by default points to the internal function
`print_and_abort'. */
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
static void print_and_abort (void);
void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
# else
#else
static void print_and_abort ();
void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) () = print_and_abort;
# endif
#endif
/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used. */
# if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
# endif
# ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
# endif
#if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
/* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
@@ -112,33 +110,33 @@ struct obstack *_obstack;
For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
do not allow (expr) ? void : void. */
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
(((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
: (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
# define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
do { \
if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
(*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
else \
(*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
} while (0)
# else
# define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
#else
#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
(((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
: (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
# define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
do { \
if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
(*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
else \
(*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
} while (0)
# endif
#endif
/* Initialize an obstack H for use. Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
@@ -154,13 +152,13 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
struct obstack *h;
int size;
int alignment;
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
void (*freefun) (void *);
# else
#else
POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
void (*freefun) ();
# endif
#endif
{
register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
@@ -183,13 +181,13 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
size = 4096 - extra;
}
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
# else
#else
h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
h->freefun = freefun;
# endif
#endif
h->chunk_size = size;
h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
h->use_extra_arg = 0;
@@ -212,13 +210,13 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
struct obstack *h;
int size;
int alignment;
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
# else
#else
POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
void (*freefun) ();
# endif
#endif
POINTER arg;
{
register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
@@ -242,13 +240,13 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
size = 4096 - extra;
}
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
#if defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__
h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
# else
#else
h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
h->freefun = freefun;
# endif
#endif
h->chunk_size = size;
h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
h->extra_arg = arg;
@@ -343,11 +341,11 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
This is here for debugging.
If you use it in a program, you are probably losing. */
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning. We don't want to declare this in
obstack.h because it is just for debugging. */
int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
# endif
#endif
int
_obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
@@ -372,7 +370,7 @@ _obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate
more recently than OBJ. If OBJ is zero, free everything in H. */
# undef obstack_free
#undef obstack_free
/* This function has two names with identical definitions.
This is the first one, called from non-ANSI code. */
@@ -458,54 +456,37 @@ _obstack_memory_used (h)
}
/* Define the error handler. */
# ifndef _
# if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# ifndef _
# define _(Str) gettext (Str)
# endif
# else
# define _(Str) (Str)
# endif
# endif
# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <libio/iolibio.h>
# define fputs(s, f) _IO_fputs (s, f)
# endif
# ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
#ifndef _
# if defined HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# ifndef _
# define _(Str) gettext (Str)
# endif
# else
# define _(Str) (Str)
# endif
#endif
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <libio/iolibio.h>
# define fputs(s, f) _IO_fputs (s, f)
#endif
static void
__attribute__ ((noreturn))
print_and_abort ()
{
/* Don't change any of these strings. Yes, it would be possible to add
the newline to the string and use fputs or so. But this must not
happen because the "memory exhausted" message appears in other places
like this and the translation should be reused instead of creating
a very similar string which requires a separate translation. */
# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
else
# endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
fputs (_("memory exhausted"), stderr);
fputc ('\n', stderr);
exit (obstack_exit_failure);
}
# if 0
#if 0
/* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV. */
/* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job. */
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
/* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses. */
@@ -616,8 +597,8 @@ POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, address, length)
return obstack_copy0 (obstack, address, length);
}
# endif /* __STDC__ */
#endif /* __STDC__ */
# endif /* 0 */
#endif /* 0 */
#endif /* !ELIDE_CODE */
+8 -11
View File
@@ -4,23 +4,20 @@
This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Summary:
+2 -22
View File
@@ -1,32 +1,12 @@
/* quote.c - quote arguments for output
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h> /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC. */
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "quotearg.h"
#include "quote.h"
#include <quotearg.h>
#include <quote.h>
/* Return an unambiguous printable representated, allocated in slot N,
for NAME, suitable for diagnostics. */
+1 -17
View File
@@ -1,20 +1,4 @@
/* quote.h - prototypes for quote.c
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* prototypes for quote.c */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+12 -25
View File
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
# include <stddef.h> /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC. */
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "quotearg.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#include <quotearg.h>
#include <xalloc.h>
#include <ctype.h>
@@ -44,15 +44,9 @@
#ifndef CHAR_BIT
# define CHAR_BIT 8
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
#endif
#ifndef UINT_MAX
# define UINT_MAX ((unsigned int) -1)
#endif
#if HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
# define ALERT_CHAR '\a'
@@ -545,7 +539,6 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0. */
static char slot0[256];
static unsigned int nslots = 1;
unsigned int n0 = n;
struct slotvec
{
size_t size;
@@ -554,26 +547,20 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
if (n < 0)
abort ();
if (nslots <= n0)
if (nslots <= n)
{
unsigned int n1 = n0 + 1;
size_t s = n1 * sizeof *slotvec;
if (SIZE_MAX / UINT_MAX <= sizeof *slotvec
&& n1 != s / sizeof *slotvec)
xalloc_die ();
int n1 = n + 1;
size_t s = n1 * sizeof (struct slotvec);
if (! (0 < n1 && n1 == s / sizeof (struct slotvec)))
abort ();
if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
{
slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof *slotvec);
slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct slotvec));
*slotvec = slotvec0;
}
slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *slotvec);
nslots = n1;
memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof (struct slotvec));
nslots = n;
}
{
@@ -593,7 +580,7 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
}
char *
quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
quotearg_n (unsigned int n, char const *arg)
{
return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
}
@@ -605,7 +592,7 @@ quotearg (char const *arg)
}
char *
quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
quotearg_n_style (unsigned int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
{
struct quoting_options o;
o.style = s;
+3 -2
View File
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
The returned value points to static storage that can be
reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
N must be nonnegative. */
char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *arg));
char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));
/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG). */
char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
@@ -97,7 +97,8 @@ char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
options to specify the quoting method. */
char *quotearg_n_style PARAMS ((int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
char *quotearg_n_style PARAMS ((unsigned int n, enum quoting_style s,
char const *arg));
/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG). */
char *quotearg_style PARAMS ((enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
-32
View File
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place -
Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
char *
strchr (const char *s, int c)
{
return index (s, c);
}
+24 -13
View File
@@ -1,4 +1,7 @@
/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
@@ -14,19 +17,19 @@
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
#if defined _LIBC || defined STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <string.h>
#else
char *malloc ();
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
@@ -35,13 +38,18 @@
size_t strnlen ();
#endif
char *xstrndup (const char *s, size_t n);
#undef __strndup
#undef strndup
#ifndef weak_alias
# define __strndup strndup
#endif
char *
xstrndup (const char *s, size_t n)
__strndup (const char *s, size_t n)
{
size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
char *new = xmalloc (len + 1);
char *new = malloc (len + 1);
if (new == NULL)
return NULL;
@@ -49,3 +57,6 @@ xstrndup (const char *s, size_t n)
new[len] = '\0';
return (char *) memcpy (new, s, len);
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__strndup, strndup)
#endif
+2 -2
View File
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ size_t
__strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
{
const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
return end ? end - string : maxlen;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__strnlen, strnlen)
+2 -2
View File
@@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ void free ();
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc -- see realloc.m4
#endif
/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
+10 -2
View File
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990, 1996, 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1990, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,14 @@
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
@@ -27,7 +35,7 @@
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
char *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
/* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING. */
+1
View File
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ glibc21.m4 \
iconv.m4 \
isc-posix.m4 \
lcmessage.m4 \
m4.m4 \
malloc.m4 \
mbrtowc.m4 \
mbstate_t.m4 \
-238
View File
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.5c from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOM4TE = @AUTOM4TE@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
GCC = @GCC@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIB = @LIB@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
U = @U@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WARNING_CFLAGS = @WARNING_CFLAGS@
WERROR_CFLAGS = @WERROR_CFLAGS@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
EXTRA_DIST = \
c-bs-a.m4 \
codeset.m4 \
dmalloc.m4 \
error.m4 \
gettext.m4 \
glibc21.m4 \
iconv.m4 \
isc-posix.m4 \
lcmessage.m4 \
malloc.m4 \
mbrtowc.m4 \
mbstate_t.m4 \
prereq.m4 \
progtest.m4 \
realloc.m4 \
strerror_r.m4 \
warning.m4
subdir = m4
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
DIST_SOURCES =
DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu m4/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
uninstall-info-am:
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
+2 -2
View File
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
#serial 4
#serial 3
dnl From Paul Eggert.
AC_DEFUN([AC_C_BACKSLASH_A],
AC_DEFUN(AC_C_BACKSLASH_A,
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether backslash-a works in strings], ac_cv_c_backslash_a,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
+4 -5
View File
@@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
#serial 4
#serial 1
dnl FIXME: put these prerequisite-only *.m4 files in a separate
dnl directory -- otherwise, they'll conflict with existing files.
dnl These are the prerequisite macros for GNU's error.c file.
AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ERROR],
AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_ERROR,
[
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror vprintf doprnt)
AC_CHECK_DECLS([strerror])
AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror strerror_r vprintf doprnt)
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
])
+5 -7
View File
@@ -3,12 +3,10 @@
#
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
# They are *not* in the public domain.
# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
# functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
# serial 10
@@ -243,7 +241,7 @@ return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", ""
dnl Found it, now check the version.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
changequote(<<,>>)dnl
ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison .* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
case $ac_prog_version in
'') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
+4 -6
View File
@@ -3,12 +3,10 @@
#
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
# They are *not* in the public domain.
# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
# functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
# serial 2
+16
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
# serial 1 -*- Autoconf -*-
# BISON_AC_PROG_GNU_M4
# --------------------
# Check for GNU m4, at least 1.3 (supports frozen files).
AC_DEFUN([BISON_AC_PROG_GNU_M4],
[AC_PATH_PROGS(M4, gm4 gnum4 m4, m4)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether m4 supports frozen files],
[ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4],
[ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4=no
if test x"$M4" != x; then
case `$M4 --help < /dev/null 2>&1` in
*reload-state*) ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4=yes ;;
esac
fi])
])# BISON_AC_PROG_GNU_M4
+7 -6
View File
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
#serial 5
#serial 3
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl Determine whether malloc accepts 0 as its argument.
dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MALLOC],
AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MALLOC,
[
dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
dnl mistakenly use a broken malloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK, 1,
[Define if the malloc check has been performed. ])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK, 1,
[Define if the malloc check has been performed. ])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working malloc], jm_cv_func_working_malloc,
[AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -27,8 +27,9 @@ AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MALLOC],
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no)
])
if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then
AC_LIBOBJ(malloc)
AC_DEFINE(malloc, rpl_malloc,
AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(malloc, rpl_malloc,
[Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.])
fi
])
+2 -2
View File
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
# serial 9
# serial 8
# From Paul Eggert.
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
# (at least glibc-2.1.3) because the "_XOPEN_SOURCE 500" definition elicits
# a syntax error in wchar.h due to the use of undefined __int32_t.
AC_DEFUN([AC_MBSTATE_T],
AC_DEFUN(AC_MBSTATE_T,
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
+4 -6
View File
@@ -3,12 +3,10 @@
#
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
# They are *not* in the public domain.
# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
# functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
# serial 2
+7 -6
View File
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
#serial 5
#serial 3
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl Determine whether realloc works when both arguments are 0.
dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_REALLOC],
AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_REALLOC,
[
dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
dnl mistakenly use a broken realloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK, 1,
[Define if the realloc check has been performed. ])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK, 1,
[Define if the realloc check has been performed. ])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working realloc], jm_cv_func_working_realloc,
[AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -27,8 +27,9 @@ AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_REALLOC],
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no)
])
if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then
AC_LIBOBJ(realloc)
AC_DEFINE(realloc, rpl_realloc,
AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS realloc.$ac_objext"
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(realloc, rpl_realloc,
[Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.])
fi
])
+45 -38
View File
@@ -1,23 +1,9 @@
#serial 1003
#serial 1002
# Experimental replacement for the function in the latest CVS autoconf.
# If the compile-test says strerror_r doesn't work, then resort to a
# `run'-test that works on BeOS and segfaults on DEC Unix.
# Use with the error.c file in ../lib.
# Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
undefine([AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R])
# AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
@@ -25,35 +11,56 @@ undefine([AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R])
AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R],
[AC_CHECK_DECLS([strerror_r])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strerror_r])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether strerror_r returns char *],
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p,
if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r = yes; then
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working strerror_r],
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works,
[
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=no
if test $ac_cv_have_decl_strerror_r = yes; then
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
[[
char buf[100];
char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
char *p = strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
]])],
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes)
else
# strerror_r is not declared. Choose between
AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[
# include <stdio.h>
# if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
# endif
],
[
char buf[100];
char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
],
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=yes,
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=no
)
if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works = no; then
# strerror_r seems not to work, but now we have to choose between
# systems that have relatively inaccessible declarations for the
# function. BeOS and DEC UNIX 4.0 fall in this category, but the
# former has a strerror_r that returns char*, while the latter
# has a strerror_r that returns `int'.
# This test should segfault on the DEC system.
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
extern char *strerror_r ();],
[[char buf[100];
AC_TRY_RUN(
[
# include <stdio.h>
# include <string.h>
# include <ctype.h>
extern char *strerror_r ();
int
main ()
{
char buf[100];
char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
exit (!isalpha (x));]])],
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p=yes, , :)
exit (!isalpha (x));
}
],
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=yes,
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=no,
ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=no)
fi
])
if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([STRERROR_R_CHAR_P], 1,
[Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *.])
if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R, 1,
[Define to 1 if `strerror_r' returns a string.])
fi
fi
])# AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
+2 -1
View File
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
ChangeLog
Makefile Makefile.in
Makefile
Makefile.in
POTFILES
bison.pot
stamp-cat-id
+5
View File
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
2001-10-04 gettextize <[email protected]>
* Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40.
* cat-id-tbl.c: Remove file.
2001-09-27 gettextize <[email protected]>
* Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40.
+3
View File
@@ -1,10 +1,13 @@
src/LR0.c
src/complain.c
src/conflicts.c
src/derives.c
src/files.c
src/getargs.c
src/lalr.c
src/lex.c
src/main.c
src/nullable.c
src/output.c
src/print.c
src/print_graph.c
+188
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from bison.pot. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "libgettext.h"
const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
{"", 1},
{"too many states (max %d)", 2},
{"Conflict in state %d between rule %d and token %s resolved as %s.\n", 3},
{"reduce", 4},
{"shift", 5},
{"an error", 6},
{" 1 shift/reduce conflict", 7},
{" %d shift/reduce conflicts", 8},
{" and", 9},
{" 1 reduce/reduce conflict", 10},
{" %d reduce/reduce conflicts", 11},
{"State %d contains", 12},
{"conflicts: ", 13},
{" %d shift/reduce", 14},
{" %d reduce/reduce", 15},
{"%s contains", 16},
{" %-4s\t[reduce using rule %d (%s)]\n", 17},
{"\
$default\treduce using rule %d (%s)\n\
\n", 18},
{" %-4s\treduce using rule %d (%s)\n", 19},
{" $default\treduce using rule %d (%s)\n", 20},
{"DERIVES", 21},
{"%s derives", 22},
{"GNU bison generates parsers for LALR(1) grammars.\n", 23},
{"Usage: %s [OPTION]... FILE\n", 24},
{"\
If a long option shows an argument as mandatory, then it is mandatory\n\
for the equivalent short option also. Similarly for optional arguments.\n", 25},
{"\
Operation modes:\n\
-h, --help display this help and exit\n\
-V, --version output version information and exit\n\
-y, --yacc emulate POSIX yacc\n", 26},
{"\
Parser:\n\
-S, --skeleton=FILE specify the skeleton to use\n\
-t, --debug instrument the parser for debugging\n\
--locations enable locations computation\n\
-p, --name-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to the external symbols\n\
-l, --no-lines don't generate `#line' directives\n\
-n, --no-parser generate the tables only\n\
-r, --raw number the tokens from 3\n\
-k, --token-table include a table of token names\n", 27},
{"\
Output:\n\
-d, --defines also produce a header file\n\
-v, --verbose also produce an explanation of the automaton\n\
-b, --file-prefix=PREFIX specify a PREFIX for output files\n\
-o, --output-file=FILE leave output to FILE\n", 28},
{"Report bugs to <[email protected]>.\n", 29},
{"bison (GNU Bison) %s", 30},
{"\
Copyright 1984, 1986, 1989, 1992, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n", 31},
{"\
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n\
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n", 32},
{"Try `%s --help' for more information.\n", 33},
{"%s: no grammar file given\n", 34},
{"%s: extra arguments ignored after `%s'\n", 35},
{"too many gotos (max %d)", 36},
{"unexpected `/' found and ignored", 37},
{"unterminated comment", 38},
{"unexpected end of file", 39},
{"unescaped newline in constant", 40},
{"octal value outside range 0...255: `\\%o'", 41},
{"hexadecimal value above 255: `\\x%x'", 42},
{"unknown escape sequence: `\\' followed by `%s'", 43},
{"unterminated type name at end of file", 44},
{"unterminated type name", 45},
{"use \"...\" for multi-character literal tokens", 46},
{"%s: internal error: %s\n", 47},
{"Entering set_nullable", 48},
{"maximum table size (%d) exceeded", 49},
{" type %d is %s\n", 50},
{" (rule %d)", 51},
{" $default\taccept\n", 52},
{" NO ACTIONS\n", 53},
{" $ \tgo to state %d\n", 54},
{" %-4s\tshift, and go to state %d\n", 55},
{" %-4s\terror (nonassociative)\n", 56},
{" %-4s\tgo to state %d\n", 57},
{"state %d", 58},
{"Grammar", 59},
{"rule %-4d %s ->", 60},
{"\t\t/* empty */", 61},
{"Terminals, with rules where they appear", 62},
{"Nonterminals, with rules where they appear", 63},
{" on left:", 64},
{" on right:", 65},
{" Skipping to next \\n", 66},
{" Skipping to next %c", 67},
{"invalid $ value", 68},
{"unterminated string at end of file", 69},
{"unterminated string", 70},
{"%s is invalid", 71},
{"$$ of `%s' has no declared type", 72},
{"$%d of `%s' has no declared type", 73},
{"unterminated `%{' definition", 74},
{"Premature EOF after %s", 75},
{"symbol `%s' used more than once as a literal string", 76},
{"symbol `%s' given more than one literal string", 77},
{"symbol %s redefined", 78},
{"type redeclaration for %s", 79},
{"`%s' is invalid in %s", 80},
{"multiple %s declarations", 81},
{"invalid %s declaration", 82},
{"%type declaration has no <typename>", 83},
{"invalid %%type declaration due to item: %s", 84},
{"redefining precedence of %s", 85},
{"invalid text (%s) - number should be after identifier", 86},
{"unexpected item: %s", 87},
{"unmatched %s", 88},
{"argument of %%expect is not an integer", 89},
{"unrecognized item %s, expected an identifier", 90},
{"expected string constant instead of %s", 91},
{"unrecognized: %s", 92},
{"no input grammar", 93},
{"unknown character: %s", 94},
{"unterminated %guard clause", 95},
{"ill-formed rule: initial symbol not followed by colon", 96},
{"grammar starts with vertical bar", 97},
{"rule given for %s, which is a token", 98},
{"two @prec's in a row", 99},
{"%%guard present but %%semantic_parser not specified", 100},
{"two actions at end of one rule", 101},
{"type clash (`%s' `%s') on default action", 102},
{"empty rule for typed nonterminal, and no action", 103},
{"invalid input: %s", 104},
{"too many symbols (tokens plus nonterminals); maximum %d", 105},
{"no rules in the input grammar", 106},
{"symbol %s is used, but is not defined as a token and has no rules", 107},
{"conflicting precedences for %s and %s", 108},
{"conflicting assoc values for %s and %s", 109},
{"tokens %s and %s both assigned number %d", 110},
{"the start symbol %s is undefined", 111},
{"the start symbol %s is a token", 112},
{"Useless nonterminals:", 113},
{"Terminals which are not used:", 114},
{"Useless rules:", 115},
{"\
Variables\n\
---------\n\
\n", 116},
{"Value Sprec Sassoc Tag\n", 117},
{"\
Rules\n\
-----\n\
\n", 118},
{"\
Rules interpreted\n\
-----------------\n\
\n", 119},
{"%d rules never reduced\n", 120},
{"%s contains ", 121},
{"%d useless nonterminal%s", 122},
{" and ", 123},
{"%d useless rule%s", 124},
{"Start symbol %s does not derive any sentence", 125},
{"\
reduced %s defines %d terminal%s, %d nonterminal%s, and %d production%s.\n", 126},
{"Unknown system error", 127},
{"%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n", 128},
{"%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n", 129},
{"%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n", 130},
{"%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n", 131},
{"%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n", 132},
{"%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n", 133},
{"%s: illegal option -- %c\n", 134},
{"%s: invalid option -- %c\n", 135},
{"%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n", 136},
{"%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n", 137},
{"%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n", 138},
{"memory exhausted", 139},
{"`", 140},
{"'", 141},
};
int _msg_tbl_length = 141;

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More